maxjhandsome
/
llvm-project
forked from OSchip/llvm-project
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Releases Wiki Activity
llvm-project/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExprCXX.cpp

8865 lines
351 KiB
C++
Raw Blame History

//===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===//
//
// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
///
/// \file
/// Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions.
///
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
#include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
#include "TreeTransform.h"
#include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
#include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
#include "clang/Basic/AlignedAllocation.h"
#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
#include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h"
#include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
using namespace clang;
using namespace sema;
/// Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting
/// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as
/// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the
/// name of the corresponding type.
ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
SourceLocation NameLoc,
IdentifierInfo &Name) {
NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep();
// Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type.
QualType Type;
switch (NNS->getKind()) {
case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0);
break;
case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
// Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a
// typename type for it.
assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name");
Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(),
NNS->getAsIdentifier());
break;
case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor");
}
// This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the
// final identifier in the qualified-id.
return CreateParsedType(Type,
Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc));
}
ParsedType Sema::getConstructorName(IdentifierInfo &II,
SourceLocation NameLoc,
Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
bool EnteringContext) {
CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = getCurrentClass(S, &SS);
assert(CurClass && &II == CurClass->getIdentifier() &&
"not a constructor name");
// When naming a constructor as a member of a dependent context (eg, in a
// friend declaration or an inherited constructor declaration), form an
// unresolved "typename" type.
if (CurClass->isDependentContext() && !EnteringContext && SS.getScopeRep()) {
QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, SS.getScopeRep(), &II);
return ParsedType::make(T);
}
if (SS.isNotEmpty() && RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, CurClass))
return ParsedType();
// Find the injected-class-name declaration. Note that we make no attempt to
// diagnose cases where the injected-class-name is shadowed: the only
// declaration that can validly shadow the injected-class-name is a
// non-static data member, and if the class contains both a non-static data
// member and a constructor then it is ill-formed (we check that in
// CheckCompletedCXXClass).
CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = nullptr;
for (NamedDecl *ND : CurClass->lookup(&II)) {
auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND);
if (RD && RD->isInjectedClassName()) {
InjectedClassName = RD;
break;
}
}
if (!InjectedClassName) {
if (!CurClass->isInvalidDecl()) {
// FIXME: RequireCompleteDeclContext doesn't check dependent contexts
// properly. Work around it here for now.
Diag(SS.getLastQualifierNameLoc(),
diag::err_incomplete_nested_name_spec) << CurClass << SS.getRange();
}
return ParsedType();
}
QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName);
DiagnoseUseOfDecl(InjectedClassName, NameLoc);
MarkAnyDeclReferenced(NameLoc, InjectedClassName, /*OdrUse=*/false);
return ParsedType::make(T);
}
ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
IdentifierInfo &II,
SourceLocation NameLoc,
Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
bool EnteringContext) {
// Determine where to perform name lookup.
// FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current
// wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the
// destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in
// particular shows where the current description of destructor name
// lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g.,
// this appears to be ill-formed:
//
// namespace N {
// template <typename T> struct S {
// ~S();
// };
// }
//
// void f(N::S<int>* s) {
// s->N::S<int>::~S();
// }
//
// See also PR6358 and PR6359.
//
// For now, we accept all the cases in which the name given could plausibly
// be interpreted as a correct destructor name, issuing off-by-default
// extension diagnostics on the cases that don't strictly conform to the
// C++20 rules. This basically means we always consider looking in the
// nested-name-specifier prefix, the complete nested-name-specifier, and
// the scope, and accept if we find the expected type in any of the three
// places.
if (SS.isInvalid())
return nullptr;
// Whether we've failed with a diagnostic already.
bool Failed = false;
llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 8> FoundDecls;
llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanonicalDeclPtr<Decl>, 8> FoundDeclSet;
// If we have an object type, it's because we are in a
// pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and
// we know what type we're looking for.
QualType SearchType =
ObjectTypePtr ? GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr) : QualType();
auto CheckLookupResult = [&](LookupResult &Found) -> ParsedType {
auto IsAcceptableResult = [&](NamedDecl *D) -> bool {
auto *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl());
if (!Type)
return false;
if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType())
return true;
QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
return Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType);
};
unsigned NumAcceptableResults = 0;
for (NamedDecl *D : Found) {
if (IsAcceptableResult(D))
++NumAcceptableResults;
// Don't list a class twice in the lookup failure diagnostic if it's
// found by both its injected-class-name and by the name in the enclosing
// scope.
if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D))
if (RD->isInjectedClassName())
D = cast<NamedDecl>(RD->getParent());
if (FoundDeclSet.insert(D).second)
FoundDecls.push_back(D);
}
// As an extension, attempt to "fix" an ambiguity by erasing all non-type
// results, and all non-matching results if we have a search type. It's not
// clear what the right behavior is if destructor lookup hits an ambiguity,
// but other compilers do generally accept at least some kinds of
// ambiguity.
if (Found.isAmbiguous() && NumAcceptableResults == 1) {
Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_dtor_name_ambiguous);
LookupResult::Filter F = Found.makeFilter();
while (F.hasNext()) {
NamedDecl *D = F.next();
if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl()))
Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
<< Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
else
Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_nontype_here);
if (!IsAcceptableResult(D))
F.erase();
}
F.done();
}
if (Found.isAmbiguous())
Failed = true;
if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) {
if (IsAcceptableResult(Type)) {
QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
return CreateParsedType(T,
Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc));
}
}
return nullptr;
};
bool IsDependent = false;
auto LookupInObjectType = [&]() -> ParsedType {
if (Failed || SearchType.isNull())
return nullptr;
IsDependent |= SearchType->isDependentType();
LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupDestructorName);
DeclContext *LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType);
if (!LookupCtx)
return nullptr;
LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
return CheckLookupResult(Found);
};
auto LookupInNestedNameSpec = [&](CXXScopeSpec &LookupSS) -> ParsedType {
if (Failed)
return nullptr;
IsDependent |= isDependentScopeSpecifier(LookupSS);
DeclContext *LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(LookupSS, EnteringContext);
if (!LookupCtx)
return nullptr;
LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupDestructorName);
if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(LookupSS, LookupCtx)) {
Failed = true;
return nullptr;
}
LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx);
return CheckLookupResult(Found);
};
auto LookupInScope = [&]() -> ParsedType {
if (Failed || !S)
return nullptr;
LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupDestructorName);
LookupName(Found, S);
return CheckLookupResult(Found);
};
// C++2a [basic.lookup.qual]p6:
// In a qualified-id of the form
//
// nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
//
// the second type-name is looked up in the same scope as the first.
//
// We interpret this as meaning that if you do a dual-scope lookup for the
// first name, you also do a dual-scope lookup for the second name, per
// C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p4:
//
// If the id-expression in a class member access is a qualified-id of the
// form
//
// class-name-or-namespace-name :: ...
//
// the class-name-or-namespace-name following the . or -> is first looked
// up in the class of the object expression and the name, if found, is used.
// Otherwise, it is looked up in the context of the entire
// postfix-expression.
//
// This looks in the same scopes as for an unqualified destructor name:
//
// C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
// If the unqualified-id is ~ type-name, the type-name is looked up
// in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T
// of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is
// also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the
// lookups shall find a name that refers to cv T.
//
// FIXME: The intent is unclear here. Should type-name::~type-name look in
// the scope anyway if it finds a non-matching name declared in the class?
// If both lookups succeed and find a dependent result, which result should
// we retain? (Same question for p->~type-name().)
if (NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix =
SS.isSet() ? SS.getScopeRep()->getPrefix() : nullptr) {
// This is
//
// nested-name-specifier type-name :: ~ type-name
//
// Look for the second type-name in the nested-name-specifier.
CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS;
PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data()));
if (ParsedType T = LookupInNestedNameSpec(PrefixSS))
return T;
} else {
// This is one of
//
// type-name :: ~ type-name
// ~ type-name
//
// Look in the scope and (if any) the object type.
if (ParsedType T = LookupInScope())
return T;
if (ParsedType T = LookupInObjectType())
return T;
}
if (Failed)
return nullptr;
if (IsDependent) {
// We didn't find our type, but that's OK: it's dependent anyway.
// FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier?
QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(),
SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
II, NameLoc);
return ParsedType::make(T);
}
// The remaining cases are all non-standard extensions imitating the behavior
// of various other compilers.
unsigned NumNonExtensionDecls = FoundDecls.size();
if (SS.isSet()) {
// For compatibility with older broken C++ rules and existing code,
//
// nested-name-specifier :: ~ type-name
//
// also looks for type-name within the nested-name-specifier.
if (ParsedType T = LookupInNestedNameSpec(SS)) {
Diag(SS.getEndLoc(), diag::ext_dtor_named_in_wrong_scope)
<< SS.getRange()
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS.getEndLoc(),
("::" + II.getName()).str());
return T;
}
// For compatibility with other compilers and older versions of Clang,
//
// nested-name-specifier type-name :: ~ type-name
//
// also looks for type-name in the scope. Unfortunately, we can't
// reasonably apply this fallback for dependent nested-name-specifiers.
if (SS.getScopeRep()->getPrefix()) {
if (ParsedType T = LookupInScope()) {
Diag(SS.getEndLoc(), diag::ext_qualified_dtor_named_in_lexical_scope)
<< FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
Diag(FoundDecls.back()->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
<< GetTypeFromParser(T);
return T;
}
}
}
// We didn't find anything matching; tell the user what we did find (if
// anything).
// Don't tell the user about declarations we shouldn't have found.
FoundDecls.resize(NumNonExtensionDecls);
// List types before non-types.
std::stable_sort(FoundDecls.begin(), FoundDecls.end(),
[](NamedDecl *A, NamedDecl *B) {
return isa<TypeDecl>(A->getUnderlyingDecl()) >
isa<TypeDecl>(B->getUnderlyingDecl());
});
// Suggest a fixit to properly name the destroyed type.
auto MakeFixItHint = [&]{
const CXXRecordDecl *Destroyed = nullptr;
// FIXME: If we have a scope specifier, suggest its last component?
if (!SearchType.isNull())
Destroyed = SearchType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
else if (S)
Destroyed = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(S->getEntity());
if (Destroyed)
return FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
Destroyed->getNameAsString());
return FixItHint();
};
if (FoundDecls.empty()) {
// FIXME: Attempt typo-correction?
Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_undeclared_destructor_name)
<< &II << MakeFixItHint();
} else if (!SearchType.isNull() && FoundDecls.size() == 1) {
if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FoundDecls[0]->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
assert(!SearchType.isNull() &&
"should only reject a type result if we have a search type");
QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
<< T << SearchType << MakeFixItHint();
} else {
Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_nontype)
<< &II << MakeFixItHint();
}
} else {
Diag(NameLoc, SearchType.isNull() ? diag::err_destructor_name_nontype
: diag::err_destructor_expr_mismatch)
<< &II << SearchType << MakeFixItHint();
}
for (NamedDecl *FoundD : FoundDecls) {
if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FoundD->getUnderlyingDecl()))
Diag(FoundD->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here)
<< Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
else
Diag(FoundD->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_nontype_here)
<< FoundD;
}
return nullptr;
}
ParsedType Sema::getDestructorTypeForDecltype(const DeclSpec &DS,
ParsedType ObjectType) {
if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error)
return nullptr;
if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype_auto) {
Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_decltype_auto_invalid);
return nullptr;
}
assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype &&
"unexpected type in getDestructorType");
QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
// If we know the type of the object, check that the correct destructor
// type was named now; we can give better diagnostics this way.
QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType);
if (!SearchType.isNull() && !SearchType->isDependentType() &&
!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) {
Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch)
<< T << SearchType;
return nullptr;
}
return ParsedType::make(T);
}
bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
const UnqualifiedId &Name, bool IsUDSuffix) {
assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId);
if (!IsUDSuffix) {
// [over.literal] p8
//
// double operator""_Bq(long double); // OK: not a reserved identifier
// double operator"" _Bq(long double); // ill-formed, no diagnostic required
IdentifierInfo *II = Name.Identifier;
ReservedIdentifierStatus Status = II->isReserved(PP.getLangOpts());
SourceLocation Loc = Name.getEndLoc();
if (Status != ReservedIdentifierStatus::NotReserved &&
!PP.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_reserved_extern_symbol)
<< II << static_cast<int>(Status)
<< FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
Name.getSourceRange(),
(StringRef("operator\"\"") + II->getName()).str());
}
}
if (!SS.isValid())
return false;
switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) {
case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate:
// Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at
// namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything.
// Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the
// case where the scope is dependent.
Diag(Name.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace)
<< SS.getScopeRep();
return true;
case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
case NestedNameSpecifier::Super:
case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
return false;
}
llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind");
}
/// Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand.
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
// C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
// The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id
// that is the operand of typeid are always ignored.
// If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class
// type, the class shall be completely-defined.
Qualifiers Quals;
QualType T
= Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(),
Quals);
if (T->getAs<RecordType>() &&
RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
return ExprError();
if (T->isVariablyModifiedType())
return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T);
if (CheckQualifiedFunctionForTypeId(T, TypeidLoc))
return ExprError();
return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand,
SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
}
/// Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand.
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
Expr *E,
SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
bool WasEvaluated = false;
if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) {
if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
E = result.get();
}
QualType T = E->getType();
if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl());
// C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
// [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class
// shall be completely-defined.
if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid))
return ExprError();
// C++ [expr.typeid]p3:
// When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a
// polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated
// operand. [...]
if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) {
if (isUnevaluatedContext()) {
// The operand was processed in unevaluated context, switch the
// context and recheck the subexpression.
ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E);
if (Result.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
E = Result.get();
}
// We require a vtable to query the type at run time.
MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD);
WasEvaluated = true;
}
}
ExprResult Result = CheckUnevaluatedOperand(E);
if (Result.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
E = Result.get();
// C++ [expr.typeid]p4:
// [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly
// cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a
// std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced
// type.
Qualifiers Quals;
QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals);
if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) {
T = UnqualT;
E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get();
}
}
if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid)
<< E->getType());
else if (!inTemplateInstantiation() &&
E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) {
// The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression
// context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated
? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid
: diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
}
return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E,
SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
}
/// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression);
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
// typeid is not supported in OpenCL.
if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_not_supported)
<< "typeid");
}
// Find the std::type_info type.
if (!getStdNamespace())
return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) {
IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info");
LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace());
CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
// Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global
// namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153.
if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) {
LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>();
}
if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl)
return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid));
}
if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) {
return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti));
}
QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl);
if (isType) {
// The operand is a type; handle it as such.
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
&TInfo);
if (T.isNull())
return ExprError();
if (!TInfo)
TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
}
// The operand is an expression.
ExprResult Result =
BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr *)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
if (!getLangOpts().RTTIData && !Result.isInvalid())
if (auto *CTE = dyn_cast<CXXTypeidExpr>(Result.get()))
if (CTE->isPotentiallyEvaluated() && !CTE->isMostDerived(Context))
Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_no_typeid_with_rtti_disabled)
<< (getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticOptions().getFormat() ==
DiagnosticOptions::MSVC);
return Result;
}
/// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to
/// a single GUID.
static void
getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT,
llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) {
// Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection.
const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr();
if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType())
Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
else if (QT->isArrayType())
Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
const auto *TD = Ty->getAsTagDecl();
if (!TD)
return;
if (const auto *Uuid = TD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) {
UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid);
return;
}
// __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments.
if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(TD)) {
const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs();
for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) {
const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr;
if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type)
getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs);
else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration)
getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs);
if (UuidForTA)
UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA);
}
}
}
/// Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand.
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType Type,
SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
MSGuidDecl *Guid = nullptr;
if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) {
llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs);
if (UuidAttrs.empty())
return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
Guid = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuidDecl();
}
return new (Context)
CXXUuidofExpr(Type, Operand, Guid, SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
}
/// Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand.
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType Type, SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
Expr *E, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
MSGuidDecl *Guid = nullptr;
if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) {
if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
// A null pointer results in {00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000}.
Guid = Context.getMSGuidDecl(MSGuidDecl::Parts{});
} else {
llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs;
getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs);
if (UuidAttrs.empty())
return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid));
if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1)
return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids));
Guid = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuidDecl();
}
}
return new (Context)
CXXUuidofExpr(Type, E, Guid, SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc));
}
/// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression);
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
QualType GuidType = Context.getMSGuidType();
GuidType.addConst();
if (isType) {
// The operand is a type; handle it as such.
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr;
QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr),
&TInfo);
if (T.isNull())
return ExprError();
if (!TInfo)
TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc);
return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc);
}
// The operand is an expression.
return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc);
}
/// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) &&
"Unknown C++ Boolean value!");
return new (Context)
CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc);
}
/// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) {
return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc);
}
/// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) {
bool IsThrownVarInScope = false;
if (Ex) {
// C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
// When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
// copy/move construction of a class object [...]
//
// - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
// non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch-
// clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
// innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
// operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
// omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
// exception object
if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens()))
if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) {
if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) {
if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) {
IsThrownVarInScope = true;
break;
}
if (S->getFlags() &
(Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope |
Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope |
Scope::TryScope))
break;
}
}
}
}
return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope);
}
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
bool IsThrownVarInScope) {
// Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers.
if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions &&
!getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc) && !getLangOpts().CUDA) {
// Delay error emission for the OpenMP device code.
targetDiag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw";
}
// Exceptions aren't allowed in CUDA device code.
if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
CUDADiagIfDeviceCode(OpLoc, diag::err_cuda_device_exceptions)
<< "throw" << CurrentCUDATarget();
if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope())
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw";
if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) {
// Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out
// abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors.
// C++0x [class.copymove]p31:
// When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the
// copy/move construction of a class object [...]
//
// - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a
// non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or
// catch-clause
// parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the
// innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move
// operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be
// omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the
// exception object
NamedReturnInfo NRInfo =
IsThrownVarInScope ? getNamedReturnInfo(Ex) : NamedReturnInfo();
QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType());
if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex))
return ExprError();
InitializedEntity Entity =
InitializedEntity::InitializeException(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy);
ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(Entity, NRInfo, Ex);
if (Res.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Ex = Res.get();
}
// PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as throw expr types.
if (Ex && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64())
CheckPPCMMAType(Ex->getType(), Ex->getBeginLoc());
return new (Context)
CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope);
}
static void
collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD,
llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen,
llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases,
llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen,
bool ParentIsPublic) {
for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) {
CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
bool NewSubobject;
// Virtual bases constitute the same subobject. Non-virtual bases are
// always distinct subobjects.
if (BS.isVirtual())
NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second;
else
NewSubobject = true;
if (NewSubobject)
++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl];
// Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain.
bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public;
if (PublicPath)
PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl);
// Recurse on to each base subobject.
collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
PublicPath);
}
}
static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(
CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) {
llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen;
llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases;
llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen;
SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1;
PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD);
collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen,
/*ParentIsPublic=*/true);
for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) {
// Skip ambiguous objects.
if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1)
continue;
Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject);
}
}
/// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw.
bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc,
QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) {
// If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer
// to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed.
QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy;
bool isPointer = false;
if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType();
isPointer = true;
}
if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) {
if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty,
isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr
: diag::err_throw_incomplete,
E->getSourceRange()))
return true;
if (!isPointer && Ty->isSizelessType()) {
Diag(ThrowLoc, diag::err_throw_sizeless) << Ty << E->getSourceRange();
return true;
}
if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy,
diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E))
return true;
}
// If the exception has class type, we need additional handling.
CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
if (!RD)
return false;
// If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof,
// exception handling will make use of the vtable.
MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD);
// If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed.
if (isPointer)
return false;
// If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it.
if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) {
if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) {
MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty);
if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
return true;
}
}
// The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception
// object. This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call
// if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor.
if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
// We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within
// the exception object. Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise
// inaccessible are not catchable types.
llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects;
getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects);
for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) {
// Attempt to lookup the copy constructor. Various pieces of machinery
// will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this
// cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls. Instead, we must perform
// lookup and overload resolution.
CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0);
if (!CD || CD->isDeleted())
continue;
// Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression.
MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD);
// Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it
// in the catchable type data.
if (CD->isTrivial())
continue;
// The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class
// type to this constructor.
// N.B. The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this
// particular throw-site. Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to
// ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via
// friendship or any other means).
Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD);
// We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so
// we must rebuild them here.
for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) {
if (CheckCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)))
return true;
}
}
}
// Under the Itanium C++ ABI, memory for the exception object is allocated by
// the runtime with no ability for the compiler to request additional
// alignment. Warn if the exception type requires alignment beyond the minimum
// guaranteed by the target C++ runtime.
if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isItaniumFamily()) {
CharUnits TypeAlign = Context.getTypeAlignInChars(Ty);
CharUnits ExnObjAlign = Context.getExnObjectAlignment();
if (ExnObjAlign < TypeAlign) {
Diag(ThrowLoc, diag::warn_throw_underaligned_obj);
Diag(ThrowLoc, diag::note_throw_underaligned_obj)
<< Ty << (unsigned)TypeAlign.getQuantity()
<< (unsigned)ExnObjAlign.getQuantity();
}
}
return false;
}
static QualType adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(
ArrayRef<FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopes, QualType ThisTy,
DeclContext *CurSemaContext, ASTContext &ASTCtx) {
QualType ClassType = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
LambdaScopeInfo *CurLSI = nullptr;
DeclContext *CurDC = CurSemaContext;
// Iterate through the stack of lambdas starting from the innermost lambda to
// the outermost lambda, checking if '*this' is ever captured by copy - since
// that could change the cv-qualifiers of the '*this' object.
// The object referred to by '*this' starts out with the cv-qualifiers of its
// member function. We then start with the innermost lambda and iterate
// outward checking to see if any lambda performs a by-copy capture of '*this'
// - and if so, any nested lambda must respect the 'constness' of that
// capturing lamdbda's call operator.
//
// Since the FunctionScopeInfo stack is representative of the lexical
// nesting of the lambda expressions during initial parsing (and is the best
// place for querying information about captures about lambdas that are
// partially processed) and perhaps during instantiation of function templates
// that contain lambda expressions that need to be transformed BUT not
// necessarily during instantiation of a nested generic lambda's function call
// operator (which might even be instantiated at the end of the TU) - at which
// time the DeclContext tree is mature enough to query capture information
// reliably - we use a two pronged approach to walk through all the lexically
// enclosing lambda expressions:
//
// 1) Climb down the FunctionScopeInfo stack as long as each item represents
// a Lambda (i.e. LambdaScopeInfo) AND each LSI's 'closure-type' is lexically
// enclosed by the call-operator of the LSI below it on the stack (while
// tracking the enclosing DC for step 2 if needed). Note the topmost LSI on
// the stack represents the innermost lambda.
//
// 2) If we run out of enclosing LSI's, check if the enclosing DeclContext
// represents a lambda's call operator. If it does, we must be instantiating
// a generic lambda's call operator (represented by the Current LSI, and
// should be the only scenario where an inconsistency between the LSI and the
// DeclContext should occur), so climb out the DeclContexts if they
// represent lambdas, while querying the corresponding closure types
// regarding capture information.
// 1) Climb down the function scope info stack.
for (int I = FunctionScopes.size();
I-- && isa<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]) &&
(!CurLSI || !CurLSI->Lambda || CurLSI->Lambda->getDeclContext() ==
cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I])->CallOperator);
CurDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurDC)) {
CurLSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[I]);
if (!CurLSI->isCXXThisCaptured())
continue;
auto C = CurLSI->getCXXThisCapture();
if (C.isCopyCapture()) {
ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
if (CurLSI->CallOperator->isConst())
ClassType.addConst();
return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
}
}
// 2) We've run out of ScopeInfos but check 1. if CurDC is a lambda (which
// can happen during instantiation of its nested generic lambda call
// operator); 2. if we're in a lambda scope (lambda body).
if (CurLSI && isLambdaCallOperator(CurDC)) {
assert(isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurLSI->CallOperator) &&
"While computing 'this' capture-type for a generic lambda, when we "
"run out of enclosing LSI's, yet the enclosing DC is a "
"lambda-call-operator we must be (i.e. Current LSI) in a generic "
"lambda call oeprator");
assert(CurDC == getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(CurLSI->CallOperator));
auto IsThisCaptured =
[](CXXRecordDecl *Closure, bool &IsByCopy, bool &IsConst) {
IsConst = false;
IsByCopy = false;
for (auto &&C : Closure->captures()) {
if (C.capturesThis()) {
if (C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis)
IsByCopy = true;
if (Closure->getLambdaCallOperator()->isConst())
IsConst = true;
return true;
}
}
return false;
};
bool IsByCopyCapture = false;
bool IsConstCapture = false;
CXXRecordDecl *Closure = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurDC->getParent());
while (Closure &&
IsThisCaptured(Closure, IsByCopyCapture, IsConstCapture)) {
if (IsByCopyCapture) {
ClassType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
if (IsConstCapture)
ClassType.addConst();
return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
}
Closure = isLambdaCallOperator(Closure->getParent())
? cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Closure->getParent()->getParent())
: nullptr;
}
}
return ASTCtx.getPointerType(ClassType);
}
QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() {
DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride;
if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) {
if (method && method->isInstance())
ThisTy = method->getThisType();
}
if (ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext) &&
inTemplateInstantiation() && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
// This is a lambda call operator that is being instantiated as a default
// initializer. DC must point to the enclosing class type, so we can recover
// the 'this' type from it.
QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC));
// There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers,
// per [expr.prim.general]p4.
ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy);
}
// If we are within a lambda's call operator, the cv-qualifiers of 'this'
// might need to be adjusted if the lambda or any of its enclosing lambda's
// captures '*this' by copy.
if (!ThisTy.isNull() && isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext))
return adjustCVQualifiersForCXXThisWithinLambda(FunctionScopes, ThisTy,
CurContext, Context);
return ThisTy;
}
Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S,
Decl *ContextDecl,
Qualifiers CXXThisTypeQuals,
bool Enabled)
: S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false)
{
if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl)
return;
CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl))
Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl();
else
Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl);
QualType T = S.Context.getRecordType(Record);
T = S.getASTContext().getQualifiedType(T, CXXThisTypeQuals);
S.CXXThisTypeOverride = S.Context.getPointerType(T);
this->Enabled = true;
}
Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() {
if (Enabled) {
S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
}
}
static void buildLambdaThisCaptureFixit(Sema &Sema, LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) {
SourceLocation DiagLoc = LSI->IntroducerRange.getEnd();
assert(!LSI->isCXXThisCaptured());
// [=, this] {}; // until C++20: Error: this when = is the default
if (LSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval &&
!Sema.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
return;
Sema.Diag(DiagLoc, diag::note_lambda_this_capture_fixit)
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
DiagLoc, LSI->NumExplicitCaptures > 0 ? ", this" : "this");
}
bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit,
bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt,
const bool ByCopy) {
// We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context.
if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit)
return true;
assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value");
const int MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
? *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt
: FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
// Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this')
// by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at
// MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack.
// Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a
// closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation:
// [*this] { ... }.
// Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference
// capture.
// For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes
// stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if:
// - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object*
// - or, 'L' has an implicit capture.
// AND
// -- there is no enclosing closure
// -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the
// *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E'
// and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*.
// -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the
// *enclosing object*
unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0;
for (int idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx >= 0; idx--) {
if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI =
dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) {
if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) {
// 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do.
CSI->Captures[CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex - 1].markUsed(BuildAndDiagnose);
break;
}
LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI);
if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) {
// This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
if (BuildAndDiagnose) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
<< (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
if (!Explicit)
buildLambdaThisCaptureFixit(*this, LSI);
}
return true;
}
if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref ||
CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval ||
CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block ||
CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion ||
(Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) {
// Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first
// iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures,
// if any, must perform implicit captures.
// This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards.
NumCapturingClosures++;
continue;
}
// This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out.
if (BuildAndDiagnose)
Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture)
<< (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex);
if (!Explicit)
buildLambdaThisCaptureFixit(*this, LSI);
return true;
}
break;
}
if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false;
// If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the
// FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it
// (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures).
// In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting
// the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below). Ignore it for
// all enclosing closure's up to NumCapturingClosures (since they must be
// implicitly capturing the *enclosing object* by reference (see loop
// above)).
assert((!ByCopy ||
dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) &&
"Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by "
"*this) by copy");
QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
for (int idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures;
--idx, --NumCapturingClosures) {
CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]);
// The type of the corresponding data member (not a 'this' pointer if 'by
// copy').
QualType CaptureType = ThisTy;
if (ByCopy) {
// If we are capturing the object referred to by '*this' by copy, ignore
// any cv qualifiers inherited from the type of the member function for
// the type of the closure-type's corresponding data member and any use
// of 'this'.
CaptureType = ThisTy->getPointeeType();
CaptureType.removeLocalCVRQualifiers(Qualifiers::CVRMask);
}
bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1;
CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, CaptureType, ByCopy);
}
return false;
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) {
/// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this
/// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for
/// which the function is called.
QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType();
if (ThisTy.isNull())
return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use);
return BuildCXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*IsImplicit=*/false);
}
Expr *Sema::BuildCXXThisExpr(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Type,
bool IsImplicit) {
auto *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, Type, IsImplicit);
MarkThisReferenced(This);
return This;
}
void Sema::MarkThisReferenced(CXXThisExpr *This) {
CheckCXXThisCapture(This->getExprLoc());
}
bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) {
// If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified
// type for 'this'.
if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull())
return false;
// Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being
// defined.
CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
return Class && Class->isBeingDefined();
}
/// Parse construction of a specified type.
/// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
/// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
/// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc,
MultiExprArg exprs,
SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc,
bool ListInitialization) {
if (!TypeRep)
return ExprError();
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo);
if (!TInfo)
TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation());
auto Result = BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenOrBraceLoc, exprs,
RParenOrBraceLoc, ListInitialization);
// Avoid creating a non-type-dependent expression that contains typos.
// Non-type-dependent expressions are liable to be discarded without
// checking for embedded typos.
if (!Result.isInvalid() && Result.get()->isInstantiationDependent() &&
!Result.get()->isTypeDependent())
Result = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Result.get());
else if (Result.isInvalid())
Result = CreateRecoveryExpr(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
RParenOrBraceLoc, exprs, Ty);
return Result;
}
ExprResult
Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
SourceLocation LParenOrBraceLoc,
MultiExprArg Exprs,
SourceLocation RParenOrBraceLoc,
bool ListInitialization) {
QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
assert((!ListInitialization ||
(Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) &&
"List initialization must have initializer list as expression.");
SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc);
InitializedEntity Entity =
InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Context, TInfo);
InitializationKind Kind =
Exprs.size()
? ListInitialization
? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc)
: InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc,
RParenOrBraceLoc)
: InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenOrBraceLoc,
RParenOrBraceLoc);
// C++1z [expr.type.conv]p1:
// If the type is a placeholder for a deduced class type, [...perform class
// template argument deduction...]
DeducedType *Deduced = Ty->getContainedDeducedType();
if (Deduced && isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
Ty = DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TInfo, Entity,
Kind, Exprs);
if (Ty.isNull())
return ExprError();
Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo, Ty);
}
if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) {
// FIXME: CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr does not model list-initialization
// directly. We work around this by dropping the locations of the braces.
SourceRange Locs = ListInitialization
? SourceRange()
: SourceRange(LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc);
return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, Ty.getNonReferenceType(),
TInfo, Locs.getBegin(), Exprs,
Locs.getEnd());
}
// C++ [expr.type.conv]p1:
// If the expression list is a parenthesized single expression, the type
// conversion expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in
// meaning) to the corresponding cast expression.
if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization &&
!isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0])) {
Expr *Arg = Exprs[0];
return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, Ty, LParenOrBraceLoc, Arg,
RParenOrBraceLoc);
}
// For an expression of the form T(), T shall not be an array type.
QualType ElemTy = Ty;
if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
if (!ListInitialization)
return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_array_type)
<< FullRange);
ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty);
}
// There doesn't seem to be an explicit rule against this but sanity demands
// we only construct objects with object types.
if (Ty->isFunctionType())
return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_init_for_function_type)
<< Ty << FullRange);
// C++17 [expr.type.conv]p2:
// If the type is cv void and the initializer is (), the expression is a
// prvalue of the specified type that performs no initialization.
if (!Ty->isVoidType() &&
RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy,
diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange))
return ExprError();
// Otherwise, the expression is a prvalue of the specified type whose
// result object is direct-initialized (11.6) with the initializer.
InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs);
if (Result.isInvalid())
return Result;
Expr *Inner = Result.get();
if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner))
Inner = BTE->getSubExpr();
if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner) &&
!isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(Inner)) {
// If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the
// functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent
// the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here.
//
// FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr
// would give a more consistent AST representation than using a
// CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast
// is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not.
QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType();
SourceRange Locs = ListInitialization
? SourceRange()
: SourceRange(LParenOrBraceLoc, RParenOrBraceLoc);
Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create(
Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(Ty), TInfo, CK_NoOp,
Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, CurFPFeatureOverrides(),
Locs.getBegin(), Locs.getEnd());
}
return Result;
}
bool Sema::isUsualDeallocationFunction(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) {
// [CUDA] Ignore this function, if we can't call it.
const FunctionDecl *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
auto CallPreference = IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, Method);
// If it's not callable at all, it's not the right function.
if (CallPreference < CFP_WrongSide)
return false;
if (CallPreference == CFP_WrongSide) {
// Maybe. We have to check if there are better alternatives.
DeclContext::lookup_result R =
Method->getDeclContext()->lookup(Method->getDeclName());
for (const auto *D : R) {
if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
if (IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD) > CFP_WrongSide)
return false;
}
}
// We've found no better variants.
}
}
SmallVector<const FunctionDecl*, 4> PreventedBy;
bool Result = Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction(PreventedBy);
if (Result || !getLangOpts().CUDA || PreventedBy.empty())
return Result;
// In case of CUDA, return true if none of the 1-argument deallocator
// functions are actually callable.
return llvm::none_of(PreventedBy, [&](const FunctionDecl *FD) {
assert(FD->getNumParams() == 1 &&
"Only single-operand functions should be in PreventedBy");
return IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD) >= CFP_HostDevice;
});
}
/// Determine whether the given function is a non-placement
/// deallocation function.
static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
return S.isUsualDeallocationFunction(Method);
if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete &&
FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete)
return false;
unsigned UsualParams = 1;
if (S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(),
S.Context.getSizeType()))
++UsualParams;
if (S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation && UsualParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
FD->getParamDecl(UsualParams)->getType(),
S.Context.getTypeDeclType(S.getStdAlignValT())))
++UsualParams;
return UsualParams == FD->getNumParams();
}
namespace {
struct UsualDeallocFnInfo {
UsualDeallocFnInfo() : Found(), FD(nullptr) {}
UsualDeallocFnInfo(Sema &S, DeclAccessPair Found)
: Found(Found), FD(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl())),
Destroying(false), HasSizeT(false), HasAlignValT(false),
CUDAPref(Sema::CFP_Native) {
// A function template declaration is never a usual deallocation function.
if (!FD)
return;
unsigned NumBaseParams = 1;
if (FD->isDestroyingOperatorDelete()) {
Destroying = true;
++NumBaseParams;
}
if (NumBaseParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(
FD->getParamDecl(NumBaseParams)->getType(),
S.Context.getSizeType())) {
++NumBaseParams;
HasSizeT = true;
}
if (NumBaseParams < FD->getNumParams() &&
FD->getParamDecl(NumBaseParams)->getType()->isAlignValT()) {
++NumBaseParams;
HasAlignValT = true;
}
// In CUDA, determine how much we'd like / dislike to call this.
if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA)
if (auto *Caller = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(S.CurContext))
CUDAPref = S.IdentifyCUDAPreference(Caller, FD);
}
explicit operator bool() const { return FD; }
bool isBetterThan(const UsualDeallocFnInfo &Other, bool WantSize,
bool WantAlign) const {
// C++ P0722:
// A destroying operator delete is preferred over a non-destroying
// operator delete.
if (Destroying != Other.Destroying)
return Destroying;
// C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
// If the type has new-extended alignment, a function with a parameter
// of type std::align_val_t is preferred; otherwise a function without
// such a parameter is preferred
if (HasAlignValT != Other.HasAlignValT)
return HasAlignValT == WantAlign;
if (HasSizeT != Other.HasSizeT)
return HasSizeT == WantSize;
// Use CUDA call preference as a tiebreaker.
return CUDAPref > Other.CUDAPref;
}
DeclAccessPair Found;
FunctionDecl *FD;
bool Destroying, HasSizeT, HasAlignValT;
Sema::CUDAFunctionPreference CUDAPref;
};
}
/// Determine whether a type has new-extended alignment. This may be called when
/// the type is incomplete (for a delete-expression with an incomplete pointee
/// type), in which case it will conservatively return false if the alignment is
/// not known.
static bool hasNewExtendedAlignment(Sema &S, QualType AllocType) {
return S.getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation &&
S.getASTContext().getTypeAlignIfKnown(AllocType) >
S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getNewAlign();
}
/// Select the correct "usual" deallocation function to use from a selection of
/// deallocation functions (either global or class-scope).
static UsualDeallocFnInfo resolveDeallocationOverload(
Sema &S, LookupResult &R, bool WantSize, bool WantAlign,
llvm::SmallVectorImpl<UsualDeallocFnInfo> *BestFns = nullptr) {
UsualDeallocFnInfo Best;
for (auto I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(S, I.getPair());
if (!Info || !isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(S, Info.FD) ||
Info.CUDAPref == Sema::CFP_Never)
continue;
if (!Best) {
Best = Info;
if (BestFns)
BestFns->push_back(Info);
continue;
}
if (Best.isBetterThan(Info, WantSize, WantAlign))
continue;
// If more than one preferred function is found, all non-preferred
// functions are eliminated from further consideration.
if (BestFns && Info.isBetterThan(Best, WantSize, WantAlign))
BestFns->clear();
Best = Info;
if (BestFns)
BestFns->push_back(Info);
}
return Best;
}
/// Determine whether a given type is a class for which 'delete[]' would call
/// a member 'operator delete[]' with a 'size_t' parameter. This implies that
/// we need to store the array size (even if the type is
/// trivially-destructible).
static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
QualType allocType) {
const RecordType *record =
allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>();
if (!record) return false;
// Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope.
DeclarationName deleteName =
S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete);
LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl());
// We're just doing this for information.
ops.suppressDiagnostics();
// Very likely: there's no operator delete[].
if (ops.empty()) return false;
// If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[]
// on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not.
if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false;
// C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
// If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a
// parameter of type std::size_t is selected.
auto Best = resolveDeallocationOverload(
S, ops, /*WantSize*/false,
/*WantAlign*/hasNewExtendedAlignment(S, allocType));
return Best && Best.HasSizeT;
}
/// Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4).
///
/// E.g.:
/// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode
/// or
/// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode
///
/// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression.
/// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'.
/// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments.
/// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments.
/// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments.
/// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range.
/// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions.
/// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null
/// if there is none.
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens,
Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) {
Optional<Expr *> ArraySize;
// If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression.
if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 &&
D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) {
DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0);
if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec())
return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto)
<< D.getSourceRange());
if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic)
return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new)
<< D.getSourceRange());
if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts && !Initializer)
return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size)
<< D.getSourceRange());
ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts);
D.DropFirstTypeObject();
}
// Every dimension shall be of constant size.
if (ArraySize) {
for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) {
if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array)
break;
DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr;
if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) {
if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) {
// FIXME: GCC permits constant folding here. We should either do so consistently
// or not do so at all, rather than changing behavior in C++14 onwards.
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
// C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator
// shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t
// and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value.
llvm::APSInt Value(Context.getIntWidth(Context.getSizeType()));
Array.NumElts
= CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value,
CCEK_ArrayBound)
.get();
} else {
Array.NumElts =
VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(
NumElts, nullptr, diag::err_new_array_nonconst, AllowFold)
.get();
}
if (!Array.NumElts)
return ExprError();
}
}
}
}
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr);
QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType();
if (D.isInvalidType())
return ExprError();
SourceRange DirectInitRange;
if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer))
DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange();
return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getEndLoc()), UseGlobal,
PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs, PlacementRParen,
TypeIdParens, AllocType, TInfo, ArraySize, DirectInitRange,
Initializer);
}
static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style,
Expr *Init) {
if (!Init)
return true;
if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init))
return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0;
if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init))
return true;
else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init))
return !CCE->isListInitialization() &&
CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor();
else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) {
assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
"Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays.");
return true;
}
return false;
}
bool
Sema::isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(const FunctionDecl &FD) const {
if (!getLangOpts().AlignedAllocationUnavailable)
return false;
if (FD.isDefined())
return false;
Optional<unsigned> AlignmentParam;
if (FD.isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(&AlignmentParam) &&
AlignmentParam.hasValue())
return true;
return false;
}
// Emit a diagnostic if an aligned allocation/deallocation function that is not
// implemented in the standard library is selected.
void Sema::diagnoseUnavailableAlignedAllocation(const FunctionDecl &FD,
SourceLocation Loc) {
if (isUnavailableAlignedAllocationFunction(FD)) {
const llvm::Triple &T = getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getTriple();
StringRef OSName = AvailabilityAttr::getPlatformNameSourceSpelling(
getASTContext().getTargetInfo().getPlatformName());
VersionTuple OSVersion = alignedAllocMinVersion(T.getOS());
OverloadedOperatorKind Kind = FD.getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator();
bool IsDelete = Kind == OO_Delete || Kind == OO_Array_Delete;
Diag(Loc, diag::err_aligned_allocation_unavailable)
<< IsDelete << FD.getType().getAsString() << OSName
<< OSVersion.getAsString() << OSVersion.empty();
Diag(Loc, diag::note_silence_aligned_allocation_unavailable);
}
}
ExprResult
Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
SourceRange TypeIdParens,
QualType AllocType,
TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
Optional<Expr *> ArraySize,
SourceRange DirectInitRange,
Expr *Initializer) {
SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin();
CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle;
if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) {
assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer.");
initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit;
} else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer))
initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit;
else {
assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) ||
isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) &&
"Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created.");
initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit;
}
Expr **Inits = &Initializer;
unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0;
if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) {
assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init");
Inits = List->getExprs();
NumInits = List->getNumExprs();
}
// C++11 [expr.new]p15:
// A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that
// object as follows:
InitializationKind Kind
// - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default-
// initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed,
// the object has indeterminate value
= initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit
? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin())
// - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to
// the
// initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization.
: initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit
? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
TypeRange.getBegin(), Initializer->getBeginLoc(),
Initializer->getEndLoc())
: InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(),
DirectInitRange.getBegin(),
DirectInitRange.getEnd());
// C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
auto *Deduced = AllocType->getContainedDeducedType();
if (Deduced && isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
if (ArraySize)
return ExprError(
Diag(ArraySize ? (*ArraySize)->getExprLoc() : TypeRange.getBegin(),
diag::err_deduced_class_template_compound_type)
<< /*array*/ 2
<< (ArraySize ? (*ArraySize)->getSourceRange() : TypeRange));
InitializedEntity Entity
= InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, AllocType);
AllocType = DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(
AllocTypeInfo, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
if (AllocType.isNull())
return ExprError();
} else if (Deduced) {
bool Braced = (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit);
if (NumInits == 1) {
if (auto p = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Inits[0])) {
Inits = p->getInits();
NumInits = p->getNumInits();
Braced = true;
}
}
if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0)
return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg)
<< AllocType << TypeRange);
if (NumInits > 1) {
Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1];
return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getBeginLoc(),
diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions)
<< AllocType << TypeRange);
}
if (Braced && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17)
Diag(Initializer->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_auto_new_list_init)
<< AllocType << TypeRange;
Expr *Deduce = Inits[0];
QualType DeducedType;
if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed)
return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure)
<< AllocType << Deduce->getType()
<< TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange());
if (DeducedType.isNull())
return ExprError();
AllocType = DeducedType;
}
// Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a
// typedef of an array type.
if (!ArraySize) {
if (const ConstantArrayType *Array
= Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) {
ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(),
Context.getSizeType(),
TypeRange.getEnd());
AllocType = Array->getElementType();
}
}
if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange))
return ExprError();
// In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated
if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType,
AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime());
}
QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType);
if (ArraySize && *ArraySize &&
(*ArraySize)->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) {
ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(*ArraySize);
if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
ArraySize = result.get();
}
// C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have
// integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value."
// C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped
// enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit
// conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists.
// C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to
// std::size_t.
llvm::Optional<uint64_t> KnownArraySize;
if (ArraySize && *ArraySize && !(*ArraySize)->isTypeDependent()) {
ExprResult ConvertedSize;
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?");
ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(*ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(),
AA_Converting);
if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() &&
(*ArraySize)->getType()->getAs<RecordType>())
// Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion.
Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion)
<< (*ArraySize)->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'";
} else {
class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser {
protected:
Expr *ArraySize;
public:
SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize)
: ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false),
ArraySize(ArraySize) {}
SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
QualType T) override {
return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral)
<< S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T;
}
SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(
Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type)
<< T << ArraySize->getSourceRange();
}
SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override {
return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
}
SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(
Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
<< ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
}
SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(
Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T;
}
SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(
Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override {
return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion)
<< ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
}
SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
QualType T,
QualType ConvTy) override {
return S.Diag(Loc,
S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion
: diag::ext_array_size_conversion)
<< T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy;
}
} SizeDiagnoser(*ArraySize);
ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, *ArraySize,
SizeDiagnoser);
}
if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get();
QualType SizeType = (*ArraySize)->getType();
if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
return ExprError();
// C++98 [expr.new]p7:
// The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type
// with a non-negative value.
//
// Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of hand,
// per CWG1464. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an
// unparenthesized array type.
if (!(*ArraySize)->isValueDependent()) {
// We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or
// unscoped enumeration type.
// FIXME: Per CWG1464, we are required to check the value prior to
// converting to size_t. This will never find a negative array size in
// C++14 onwards, because Value is always unsigned here!
if (Optional<llvm::APSInt> Value =
(*ArraySize)->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context)) {
if (Value->isSigned() && Value->isNegative()) {
return ExprError(Diag((*ArraySize)->getBeginLoc(),
diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size)
<< (*ArraySize)->getSourceRange());
}
if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) {
unsigned ActiveSizeBits = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(
Context, AllocType, *Value);
if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context))
return ExprError(
Diag((*ArraySize)->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large)
<< toString(*Value, 10) << (*ArraySize)->getSourceRange());
}
KnownArraySize = Value->getZExtValue();
} else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) {
// Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses.
Diag((*ArraySize)->getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst)
<< (*ArraySize)->getSourceRange()
<< FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin())
<< FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd());
TypeIdParens = SourceRange();
}
}
// Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can
// be signed, larger than size_t, whatever.
}
FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr;
FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
unsigned Alignment =
AllocType->isDependentType() ? 0 : Context.getTypeAlign(AllocType);
unsigned NewAlignment = Context.getTargetInfo().getNewAlign();
bool PassAlignment = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation &&
Alignment > NewAlignment;
AllocationFunctionScope Scope = UseGlobal ? AFS_Global : AFS_Both;
if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
!Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) &&
FindAllocationFunctions(
StartLoc, SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen), Scope, Scope,
AllocType, ArraySize.hasValue(), PassAlignment, PlacementArgs,
OperatorNew, OperatorDelete))
return ExprError();
// If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array
// deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter.
bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType())
UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType);
SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs;
if (OperatorNew) {
auto *Proto = OperatorNew->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction
: VariadicDoesNotApply;
// We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default
// arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding
// argument. Skip the second parameter too if we're passing in the
// alignment; we've already filled it in.
unsigned NumImplicitArgs = PassAlignment ? 2 : 1;
if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto,
NumImplicitArgs, PlacementArgs, AllPlaceArgs,
CallType))
return ExprError();
if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty())
PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs;
// We would like to perform some checking on the given `operator new` call,
// but the PlacementArgs does not contain the implicit arguments,
// namely allocation size and maybe allocation alignment,
// so we need to conjure them.
QualType SizeTy = Context.getSizeType();
unsigned SizeTyWidth = Context.getTypeSize(SizeTy);
llvm::APInt SingleEltSize(
SizeTyWidth, Context.getTypeSizeInChars(AllocType).getQuantity());
// How many bytes do we want to allocate here?
llvm::Optional<llvm::APInt> AllocationSize;
if (!ArraySize.hasValue() && !AllocType->isDependentType()) {
// For non-array operator new, we only want to allocate one element.
AllocationSize = SingleEltSize;
} else if (KnownArraySize.hasValue() && !AllocType->isDependentType()) {
// For array operator new, only deal with static array size case.
bool Overflow;
AllocationSize = llvm::APInt(SizeTyWidth, *KnownArraySize)
.umul_ov(SingleEltSize, Overflow);
(void)Overflow;
assert(
!Overflow &&
"Expected that all the overflows would have been handled already.");
}
IntegerLiteral AllocationSizeLiteral(
Context, AllocationSize.getValueOr(llvm::APInt::getZero(SizeTyWidth)),
SizeTy, SourceLocation());
// Otherwise, if we failed to constant-fold the allocation size, we'll
// just give up and pass-in something opaque, that isn't a null pointer.
OpaqueValueExpr OpaqueAllocationSize(SourceLocation(), SizeTy, VK_PRValue,
OK_Ordinary, /*SourceExpr=*/nullptr);
// Let's synthesize the alignment argument in case we will need it.
// Since we *really* want to allocate these on stack, this is slightly ugly
// because there might not be a `std::align_val_t` type.
EnumDecl *StdAlignValT = getStdAlignValT();
QualType AlignValT =
StdAlignValT ? Context.getTypeDeclType(StdAlignValT) : SizeTy;
IntegerLiteral AlignmentLiteral(
Context,
llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(SizeTy),
Alignment / Context.getCharWidth()),
SizeTy, SourceLocation());
ImplicitCastExpr DesiredAlignment(ImplicitCastExpr::OnStack, AlignValT,
CK_IntegralCast, &AlignmentLiteral,
VK_PRValue, FPOptionsOverride());
// Adjust placement args by prepending conjured size and alignment exprs.
llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> CallArgs;
CallArgs.reserve(NumImplicitArgs + PlacementArgs.size());
CallArgs.emplace_back(AllocationSize.hasValue()
? static_cast<Expr *>(&AllocationSizeLiteral)
: &OpaqueAllocationSize);
if (PassAlignment)
CallArgs.emplace_back(&DesiredAlignment);
CallArgs.insert(CallArgs.end(), PlacementArgs.begin(), PlacementArgs.end());
DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, CallArgs);
checkCall(OperatorNew, Proto, /*ThisArg=*/nullptr, CallArgs,
/*IsMemberFunction=*/false, StartLoc, Range, CallType);
// Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by (unaligned)
// global operator new.
if (PlacementArgs.empty() && !PassAlignment &&
(OperatorNew->isImplicit() ||
(OperatorNew->getBeginLoc().isValid() &&
getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getBeginLoc())))) {
if (Alignment > NewAlignment)
Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type)
<< AllocType
<< unsigned(Alignment / Context.getCharWidth())
<< unsigned(NewAlignment / Context.getCharWidth());
}
}
// Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses.
// Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the
// dialect distinction.
if (ArraySize && !isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) {
SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getBeginLoc(),
Inits[NumInits - 1]->getEndLoc());
Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange;
return ExprError();
}
// If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so,
// do it now.
if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
!Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(
llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) {
// The type we initialize is the complete type, including the array bound.
QualType InitType;
if (KnownArraySize)
InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(
AllocType,
llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()),
*KnownArraySize),
*ArraySize, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
else if (ArraySize)
InitType =
Context.getIncompleteArrayType(AllocType, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
else
InitType = AllocType;
InitializedEntity Entity
= InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType);
InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind,
MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits));
if (FullInit.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
// FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because
// we don't want the initialized object to be destructed.
// FIXME: We should not create these in the first place.
if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder =
dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get()))
FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr();
Initializer = FullInit.get();
// FIXME: If we have a KnownArraySize, check that the array bound of the
// initializer is no greater than that constant value.
if (ArraySize && !*ArraySize) {
auto *CAT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Initializer->getType());
if (CAT) {
// FIXME: Track that the array size was inferred rather than explicitly
// specified.
ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(
Context, CAT->getSize(), Context.getSizeType(), TypeRange.getEnd());
} else {
Diag(TypeRange.getEnd(), diag::err_new_array_size_unknown_from_init)
<< Initializer->getSourceRange();
}
}
}
// Mark the new and delete operators as referenced.
if (OperatorNew) {
if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc))
return ExprError();
MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew);
}
if (OperatorDelete) {
if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc))
return ExprError();
MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
}
return CXXNewExpr::Create(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete,
PassAlignment, UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize,
PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens, ArraySize, initStyle,
Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo, Range,
DirectInitRange);
}
/// Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type
/// in a new-expression.
bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
SourceRange R) {
// C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an
// abstract class type or array thereof.
if (AllocType->isFunctionType())
return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
<< AllocType << 0 << R;
else if (AllocType->isReferenceType())
return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type)
<< AllocType << 1 << R;
else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() &&
RequireCompleteSizedType(
Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_or_sizeless_type, R))
return true;
else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType,
diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
return true;
else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType())
return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type)
<< AllocType;
else if (AllocType.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
!getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new)
<< AllocType.getUnqualifiedType()
<< AllocType.getQualifiers().getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue();
else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) {
QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT);
if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType())
return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership)
<< BaseAllocType;
}
}
return false;
}
static bool resolveAllocationOverload(
Sema &S, LookupResult &R, SourceRange Range, SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Args,
bool &PassAlignment, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
OverloadCandidateSet *AlignedCandidates, Expr *AlignArg, bool Diagnose) {
OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(),
OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
// Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
// static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl();
if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(),
/*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args,
Candidates,
/*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
continue;
}
FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
/*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
}
// Do the resolution.
OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
case OR_Success: {
// Got one!
FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
if (S.CheckAllocationAccess(R.getNameLoc(), Range, R.getNamingClass(),
Best->FoundDecl) == Sema::AR_inaccessible)
return true;
Operator = FnDecl;
return false;
}
case OR_No_Viable_Function:
// C++17 [expr.new]p13:
// If no matching function is found and the allocated object type has
// new-extended alignment, the alignment argument is removed from the
// argument list, and overload resolution is performed again.
if (PassAlignment) {
PassAlignment = false;
AlignArg = Args[1];
Args.erase(Args.begin() + 1);
return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment,
Operator, &Candidates, AlignArg,
Diagnose);
}
// MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new
// if operator new[] cannot be found. Also, MSVC will leak by not
// generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we
// will not replicate that bug.
// FIXME: Find out how this interacts with the std::align_val_t fallback
// once MSVC implements it.
if (R.getLookupName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New &&
S.Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
R.clear();
R.setLookupName(S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New));
S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
// FIXME: This will give bad diagnostics pointing at the wrong functions.
return resolveAllocationOverload(S, R, Range, Args, PassAlignment,
Operator, /*Candidates=*/nullptr,
/*AlignArg=*/nullptr, Diagnose);
}
if (Diagnose) {
// If this is an allocation of the form 'new (p) X' for some object
// pointer p (or an expression that will decay to such a pointer),
// diagnose the missing inclusion of <new>.
if (!R.isClassLookup() && Args.size() == 2 &&
(Args[1]->getType()->isObjectPointerType() ||
Args[1]->getType()->isArrayType())) {
S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_need_header_before_placement_new)
<< R.getLookupName() << Range;
// Listing the candidates is unlikely to be useful; skip it.
return true;
}
// Finish checking all candidates before we note any. This checking can
// produce additional diagnostics so can't be interleaved with our
// emission of notes.
//
// For an aligned allocation, separately check the aligned and unaligned
// candidates with their respective argument lists.
SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 32> Cands;
SmallVector<OverloadCandidate*, 32> AlignedCands;
llvm::SmallVector<Expr*, 4> AlignedArgs;
if (AlignedCandidates) {
auto IsAligned = [](OverloadCandidate &C) {
return C.Function->getNumParams() > 1 &&
C.Function->getParamDecl(1)->getType()->isAlignValT();
};
auto IsUnaligned = [&](OverloadCandidate &C) { return !IsAligned(C); };
AlignedArgs.reserve(Args.size() + 1);
AlignedArgs.push_back(Args[0]);
AlignedArgs.push_back(AlignArg);
AlignedArgs.append(Args.begin() + 1, Args.end());
AlignedCands = AlignedCandidates->CompleteCandidates(
S, OCD_AllCandidates, AlignedArgs, R.getNameLoc(), IsAligned);
Cands = Candidates.CompleteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args,
R.getNameLoc(), IsUnaligned);
} else {
Cands = Candidates.CompleteCandidates(S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args,
R.getNameLoc());
}
S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
<< R.getLookupName() << Range;
if (AlignedCandidates)
AlignedCandidates->NoteCandidates(S, AlignedArgs, AlignedCands, "",
R.getNameLoc());
Candidates.NoteCandidates(S, Args, Cands, "", R.getNameLoc());
}
return true;
case OR_Ambiguous:
if (Diagnose) {
Candidates.NoteCandidates(
PartialDiagnosticAt(R.getNameLoc(),
S.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
<< R.getLookupName() << Range),
S, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args);
}
return true;
case OR_Deleted: {
if (Diagnose) {
Candidates.NoteCandidates(
PartialDiagnosticAt(R.getNameLoc(),
S.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
<< R.getLookupName() << Range),
S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
}
return true;
}
}
llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
}
bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
AllocationFunctionScope NewScope,
AllocationFunctionScope DeleteScope,
QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
bool &PassAlignment, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete,
bool Diagnose) {
// --- Choosing an allocation function ---
// C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18
// 1) If looking in AFS_Global scope for allocation functions, only look in
// the global scope. Else, if AFS_Class, only look in the scope of the
// allocated class. If AFS_Both, look in both.
// 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for
// operator new.
// 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the
// placement form.
SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs;
AllocArgs.reserve((PassAlignment ? 2 : 1) + PlaceArgs.size());
// We don't care about the actual value of these arguments.
// FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax
// tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value?
// FIXME: Using a dummy value will interact poorly with attribute enable_if.
IntegerLiteral Size(
Context, llvm::APInt::getZero(Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)),
Context.getSizeType(), SourceLocation());
AllocArgs.push_back(&Size);
QualType AlignValT = Context.VoidTy;
if (PassAlignment) {
DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
AlignValT = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT());
}
CXXScalarValueInitExpr Align(AlignValT, nullptr, SourceLocation());
if (PassAlignment)
AllocArgs.push_back(&Align);
AllocArgs.insert(AllocArgs.end(), PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end());
// C++ [expr.new]p8:
// If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation
// function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's
// name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array
// type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the
// deallocation function's name is operator delete[].
DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New);
QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType);
// Find the allocation function.
{
LookupResult R(*this, NewName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
// C++1z [expr.new]p9:
// If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the allocation
// function's name is looked up in the global scope. Otherwise, if the
// allocated type is a class type T or array thereof, the allocation
// function's name is looked up in the scope of T.
if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && NewScope != AFS_Global)
LookupQualifiedName(R, AllocElemType->getAsCXXRecordDecl());
// We can see ambiguity here if the allocation function is found in
// multiple base classes.
if (R.isAmbiguous())
return true;
// If this lookup fails to find the name, or if the allocated type is not
// a class type, the allocation function's name is looked up in the
// global scope.
if (R.empty()) {
if (NewScope == AFS_Class)
return true;
LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
}
if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus && R.empty()) {
if (PlaceArgs.empty()) {
Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_not_supported) << "default new";
} else {
Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_placement_new);
}
return true;
}
assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found");
assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous");
// We do our own custom access checks below.
R.suppressDiagnostics();
if (resolveAllocationOverload(*this, R, Range, AllocArgs, PassAlignment,
OperatorNew, /*Candidates=*/nullptr,
/*AlignArg=*/nullptr, Diagnose))
return true;
}
// We don't need an operator delete if we're running under -fno-exceptions.
if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) {
OperatorDelete = nullptr;
return false;
}
// Note, the name of OperatorNew might have been changed from array to
// non-array by resolveAllocationOverload.
DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
OperatorNew->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New
? OO_Array_Delete
: OO_Delete);
// C++ [expr.new]p19:
//
// If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the
// deallocation function's name is looked up in the global
// scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an
// array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in
// the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if
// the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the
// deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope.
LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && DeleteScope != AFS_Global) {
auto *RD =
cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD);
}
if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous())
return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions?
// Filter out any destroying operator deletes. We can't possibly call such a
// function in this context, because we're handling the case where the object
// was not successfully constructed.
// FIXME: This is not covered by the language rules yet.
{
LookupResult::Filter Filter = FoundDelete.makeFilter();
while (Filter.hasNext()) {
auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl());
if (FD && FD->isDestroyingOperatorDelete())
Filter.erase();
}
Filter.done();
}
bool FoundGlobalDelete = FoundDelete.empty();
if (FoundDelete.empty()) {
FoundDelete.clear(LookupOrdinaryName);
if (DeleteScope == AFS_Class)
return true;
DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
}
FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics();
SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches;
// Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated
// by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether
// we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like
// struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... };
// A *a = new A()
//
// We don't have any definition for what a "placement allocation function"
// is, but we assume it's any allocation function whose
// parameter-declaration-clause is anything other than (size_t).
//
// FIXME: Should (size_t, std::align_val_t) also be considered non-placement?
// This affects whether an exception from the constructor of an overaligned
// type uses the sized or non-sized form of aligned operator delete.
bool isPlacementNew = !PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1 ||
OperatorNew->isVariadic();
if (isPlacementNew) {
// C++ [expr.new]p20:
// A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the
// declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the
// same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations
// (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are
// identical. [...]
//
// To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that
// the deallocation function should have, and use that type both
// for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes.
QualType ExpectedFunctionType;
{
auto *Proto = OperatorNew->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes;
ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy);
for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I)
ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I));
FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
// FIXME: This is not part of the standard's rule.
EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic();
ExpectedFunctionType
= Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI);
}
for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(),
DEnd = FoundDelete.end();
D != DEnd; ++D) {
FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr;
if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl =
dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) {
// Perform template argument deduction to try to match the
// expected function type.
TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc);
if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn,
Info))
continue;
} else
Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl());
if (Context.hasSameType(adjustCCAndNoReturn(Fn->getType(),
ExpectedFunctionType,
/*AdjustExcpetionSpec*/true),
ExpectedFunctionType))
Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn));
}
if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches);
} else {
// C++1y [expr.new]p22:
// For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation
// function lookup is used
//
// Per [expr.delete]p10, this lookup prefers a member operator delete
// without a size_t argument, but prefers a non-member operator delete
// with a size_t where possible (which it always is in this case).
llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> BestDeallocFns;
UsualDeallocFnInfo Selected = resolveDeallocationOverload(
*this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/ FoundGlobalDelete,
/*WantAlign*/ hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, AllocElemType),
&BestDeallocFns);
if (Selected)
Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Selected.Found, Selected.FD));
else {
// If we failed to select an operator, all remaining functions are viable
// but ambiguous.
for (auto Fn : BestDeallocFns)
Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(Fn.Found, Fn.FD));
}
}
// C++ [expr.new]p20:
// [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation
// function, that function will be called; otherwise, no
// deallocation function will be called.
if (Matches.size() == 1) {
OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second;
// C++1z [expr.new]p23:
// If the lookup finds a usual deallocation function (3.7.4.2)
// with a parameter of type std::size_t and that function, considered
// as a placement deallocation function, would have been
// selected as a match for the allocation function, the program
// is ill-formed.
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isPlacementNew &&
isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) {
UsualDeallocFnInfo Info(*this,
DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public));
// Core issue, per mail to core reflector, 2016-10-09:
// If this is a member operator delete, and there is a corresponding
// non-sized member operator delete, this isn't /really/ a sized
// deallocation function, it just happens to have a size_t parameter.
bool IsSizedDelete = Info.HasSizeT;
if (IsSizedDelete && !FoundGlobalDelete) {
auto NonSizedDelete =
resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, /*WantSize*/false,
/*WantAlign*/Info.HasAlignValT);
if (NonSizedDelete && !NonSizedDelete.HasSizeT &&
NonSizedDelete.HasAlignValT == Info.HasAlignValT)
IsSizedDelete = false;
}
if (IsSizedDelete) {
SourceRange R = PlaceArgs.empty()
? SourceRange()
: SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getBeginLoc(),
PlaceArgs.back()->getEndLoc());
Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) << R;
if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit())
Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
<< DeleteName;
}
}
CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(),
Matches[0].first);
} else if (!Matches.empty()) {
// We found multiple suitable operators. Per [expr.new]p20, that means we
// call no 'operator delete' function, but we should at least warn the user.
// FIXME: Suppress this warning if the construction cannot throw.
Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_ambiguous_suitable_delete_function_found)
<< DeleteName << AllocElemType;
for (auto &Match : Matches)
Diag(Match.second->getLocation(),
diag::note_member_declared_here) << DeleteName;
}
return false;
}
/// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and
/// delete. These are:
/// @code
/// // C++03:
/// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
/// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
/// void operator delete(void *) throw();
/// void operator delete[](void *) throw();
/// // C++11:
/// void* operator new(std::size_t);
/// void* operator new[](std::size_t);
/// void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
/// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
/// // C++1y:
/// void* operator new(std::size_t);
/// void* operator new[](std::size_t);
/// void operator delete(void *) noexcept;
/// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept;
/// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
/// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept;
/// @endcode
/// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly
/// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>.
void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() {
if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared)
return;
// The implicitly declared new and delete operators
// are not supported in OpenCL.
if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
return;
// C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2:
// [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are
// implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a
// program
//
// C++03:
// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc);
// void operator delete(void*) throw();
// void operator delete[](void*) throw();
// C++11:
// void* operator new(std::size_t);
// void* operator new[](std::size_t);
// void operator delete(void*) noexcept;
// void operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
// C++1y:
// void* operator new(std::size_t);
// void* operator new[](std::size_t);
// void operator delete(void*) noexcept;
// void operator delete[](void*) noexcept;
// void operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
// void operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept;
//
// These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator
// new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[].
//
// Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare
// "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification.
// However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name
// lookup.
if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
// The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it
// implicitly.
StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class,
getOrCreateStdNamespace(),
SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
&PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"),
nullptr);
getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true);
}
if (!StdAlignValT && getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation) {
// The "std::align_val_t" enum class has not yet been declared, so build it
// implicitly.
auto *AlignValT = EnumDecl::Create(
Context, getOrCreateStdNamespace(), SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
&PP.getIdentifierTable().get("align_val_t"), nullptr, true, true, true);
AlignValT->setIntegerType(Context.getSizeType());
AlignValT->setPromotionType(Context.getSizeType());
AlignValT->setImplicit(true);
StdAlignValT = AlignValT;
}
GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true;
QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType();
auto DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions = [&](OverloadedOperatorKind Kind,
QualType Return, QualType Param) {
llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> Params;
Params.push_back(Param);
// Create up to four variants of the function (sized/aligned).
bool HasSizedVariant = getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation &&
(Kind == OO_Delete || Kind == OO_Array_Delete);
bool HasAlignedVariant = getLangOpts().AlignedAllocation;
int NumSizeVariants = (HasSizedVariant ? 2 : 1);
int NumAlignVariants = (HasAlignedVariant ? 2 : 1);
for (int Sized = 0; Sized < NumSizeVariants; ++Sized) {
if (Sized)
Params.push_back(SizeT);
for (int Aligned = 0; Aligned < NumAlignVariants; ++Aligned) {
if (Aligned)
Params.push_back(Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdAlignValT()));
DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(
Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Kind), Return, Params);
if (Aligned)
Params.pop_back();
}
}
};
DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_New, VoidPtr, SizeT);
DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_New, VoidPtr, SizeT);
DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
DeclareGlobalAllocationFunctions(OO_Array_Delete, Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr);
}
/// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global
/// allocation function if it doesn't already exist.
void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name,
QualType Return,
ArrayRef<QualType> Params) {
DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
// Check if this function is already declared.
DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name);
for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end();
Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) {
// Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined,
// non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here.
if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) {
if (Func->getNumParams() == Params.size()) {
llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 3> FuncParams;
for (auto *P : Func->parameters())
FuncParams.push_back(
Context.getCanonicalType(P->getType().getUnqualifiedType()));
if (llvm::makeArrayRef(FuncParams) == Params) {
// Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in
// an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global
// allocation function, or is suppressing that function.
Func->setVisibleDespiteOwningModule();
return;
}
}
}
}
FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(
/*IsVariadic=*/false, /*IsCXXMethod=*/false, /*IsBuiltin=*/true));
QualType BadAllocType;
bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec
= (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New);
if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) {
if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc());
assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared");
EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic;
EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType);
}
if (getLangOpts().NewInfallible) {
EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_DynamicNone;
}
} else {
EPI.ExceptionSpec =
getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone;
}
auto CreateAllocationFunctionDecl = [&](Attr *ExtraAttr) {
QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType(Return, Params, EPI);
FunctionDecl *Alloc = FunctionDecl::Create(
Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), Name, FnType,
/*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, getCurFPFeatures().isFPConstrained(), false,
true);
Alloc->setImplicit();
// Global allocation functions should always be visible.
Alloc->setVisibleDespiteOwningModule();
if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec && getLangOpts().NewInfallible)
Alloc->addAttr(
ReturnsNonNullAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, Alloc->getLocation()));
Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(
Context, LangOpts.GlobalAllocationFunctionVisibilityHidden
? VisibilityAttr::Hidden
: VisibilityAttr::Default));
llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 3> ParamDecls;
for (QualType T : Params) {
ParamDecls.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(
Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr, T,
/*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr));
ParamDecls.back()->setImplicit();
}
Alloc->setParams(ParamDecls);
if (ExtraAttr)
Alloc->addAttr(ExtraAttr);
AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(Alloc);
Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc);
IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name);
};
if (!LangOpts.CUDA)
CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(nullptr);
else {
// Host and device get their own declaration so each can be
// defined or re-declared independently.
CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
CreateAllocationFunctionDecl(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
}
}
FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
bool CanProvideSize,
bool Overaligned,
DeclarationName Name) {
DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
// FIXME: It's possible for this to result in ambiguity, through a
// user-declared variadic operator delete or the enable_if attribute. We
// should probably not consider those cases to be usual deallocation
// functions. But for now we just make an arbitrary choice in that case.
auto Result = resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, FoundDelete, CanProvideSize,
Overaligned);
assert(Result.FD && "operator delete missing from global scope?");
return Result.FD;
}
FunctionDecl *Sema::FindDeallocationFunctionForDestructor(SourceLocation Loc,
CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
DeclarationName Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete);
FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
if (FindDeallocationFunction(Loc, RD, Name, OperatorDelete))
return nullptr;
if (OperatorDelete)
return OperatorDelete;
// If there's no class-specific operator delete, look up the global
// non-array delete.
return FindUsualDeallocationFunction(
Loc, true, hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD)),
Name);
}
bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
DeclarationName Name,
FunctionDecl *&Operator, bool Diagnose) {
LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
// Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope.
LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD);
if (Found.isAmbiguous())
return true;
Found.suppressDiagnostics();
bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Context.getRecordType(RD));
// C++17 [expr.delete]p10:
// If the deallocation functions have class scope, the one without a
// parameter of type std::size_t is selected.
llvm::SmallVector<UsualDeallocFnInfo, 4> Matches;
resolveDeallocationOverload(*this, Found, /*WantSize*/ false,
/*WantAlign*/ Overaligned, &Matches);
// If we could find an overload, use it.
if (Matches.size() == 1) {
Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0].FD);
// FIXME: DiagnoseUseOfDecl?
if (Operator->isDeleted()) {
if (Diagnose) {
Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
NoteDeletedFunction(Operator);
}
return true;
}
if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(),
Matches[0].Found, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible)
return true;
return false;
}
// We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity.
// FIXME: The standard doesn't say to do this; it appears that the intent
// is that this should never happen.
if (!Matches.empty()) {
if (Diagnose) {
Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
<< Name << RD;
for (auto &Match : Matches)
Diag(Match.FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
}
return true;
}
// We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but
// none of them were suitable.
if (!Found.empty()) {
if (Diagnose) {
Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found)
<< Name << RD;
for (NamedDecl *D : Found)
Diag(D->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(),
diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name;
}
return true;
}
Operator = nullptr;
return false;
}
namespace {
/// Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for
/// initializing deletee have the same array form.
class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector {
public:
enum MismatchResult {
/// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven.
NoMismatch,
/// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
VarInitMismatches,
/// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new.
MemberInitMismatches,
/// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been
/// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit.
AnalyzeLater
};
/// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of
/// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point
/// delete-expression was encountered.
explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU)
: Field(nullptr), IsArrayForm(false), EndOfTU(EndOfTU),
HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {}
/// Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with
/// matching form of new-expression.
///
/// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the
/// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be
/// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where
/// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of
/// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor
/// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member
/// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch.
MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
/// Analyzes a class member.
/// \param Field Class member to analyze.
/// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used
/// for deleting the \p Field.
MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
FieldDecl *Field;
/// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee
llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs;
/// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form.
bool IsArrayForm;
private:
const bool EndOfTU;
/// Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body.
bool HasUndefinedConstructors;
/// Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression.
/// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression.
/// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression.
const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E);
/// Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of
/// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization.
///
/// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation
/// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching
/// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return
/// \c NoMismatch.
MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME);
/// Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of
/// \c new.
///
/// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not
/// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true.
/// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false.
/// \param D Variable to analyze.
bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D);
/// Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching
/// form of \c new.
///
/// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in
/// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the
/// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given
/// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or
/// member isn't initialized by the constructor.
bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
/// Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of
/// \c new in member initializer list.
bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI);
/// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by
/// in-class initializer.
MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer();
};
}
MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
NewExprs.clear();
assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression");
IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm();
const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) {
return analyzeMemberExpr(ME);
} else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D))
return VarInitMismatches;
}
return NoMismatch;
}
const CXXNewExpr *
MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) {
assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression");
E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) {
if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
}
return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E);
}
bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(
const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) {
const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
if (Field == CI->getMember() &&
(NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) {
if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm)
return true;
else
NewExprs.push_back(NE);
}
return false;
}
bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor(
const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) {
if (CD->isImplicit())
return false;
const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD;
if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) {
HasUndefinedConstructors = true;
return EndOfTU;
}
for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) {
if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI))
return true;
}
return false;
}
MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() {
assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members");
const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer();
if (!InitExpr)
return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) {
if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
NewExprs.push_back(NE);
return MemberInitMismatches;
}
}
return NoMismatch;
}
MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field,
bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member.");
this->Field = Field;
IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm;
const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent());
for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) {
if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD))
return NoMismatch;
}
if (HasUndefinedConstructors)
return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater;
if (!NewExprs.empty())
return MemberInitMismatches;
return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer()
: NoMismatch;
}
MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult
MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) {
assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression");
if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm);
return NoMismatch;
}
bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) {
const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr;
if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) {
if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) &&
NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) {
NewExprs.push_back(NE);
}
}
return NewExprs.empty();
}
static void
DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) {
SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc);
FixItHint H;
if (!Detector.IsArrayForm)
H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]");
else {
SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(),
SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true);
if (RSquare.isValid())
H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare));
}
SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new)
<< Detector.IsArrayForm << H;
for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs)
SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here)
<< Detector.IsArrayForm;
}
void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) {
if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation()))
return;
MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false);
switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) {
case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: {
DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getBeginLoc(), Detector);
break;
}
case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: {
DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back(
std::make_pair(DE->getBeginLoc(), DE->isArrayForm()));
break;
}
case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
break;
}
}
void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
bool DeleteWasArrayForm) {
MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true);
switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) {
case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches:
llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members.");
case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater:
llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of "
"translation unit.");
case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches:
DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector);
break;
case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch:
break;
}
}
/// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in:
/// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode
/// or
/// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) {
// C++ [expr.delete]p1:
// The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single
// non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type
// void.
//
// DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases.
ExprResult Ex = ExE;
FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr;
bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm;
bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false;
if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
// Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed.
Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get());
if (Ex.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType();
class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
public:
DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {}
bool match(QualType ConvType) override {
// FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick
// the operator T*.
if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>())
if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
return true;
return false;
}
SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
QualType T) override {
return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T;
}
SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
QualType T) override {
return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T;
}
SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
QualType T,
QualType ConvTy) override {
return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy;
}
SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
QualType ConvTy) override {
return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
<< ConvTy;
}
SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
QualType T) override {
return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T;
}
SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
QualType ConvTy) override {
return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion)
<< ConvTy;
}
SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
QualType T,
QualType ConvTy) override {
llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted");
}
} Converter;
Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter);
if (Ex.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Type = Ex.get()->getType();
if (!Converter.match(Type))
// FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError
// itself in this case.
return ExprError();
QualType Pointee = Type->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee);
if (Pointee.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
!getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
return Diag(Ex.get()->getBeginLoc(),
diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete)
<< Pointee.getUnqualifiedType()
<< Pointee.getQualifiers().getAddressSpaceAttributePrintValue();
CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr;
if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) {
// The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which
// effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support
// this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context.
Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand)
<< Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange();
} else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType() ||
Pointee->isSizelessType()) {
return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand)
<< Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange());
} else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) {
// FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a
// module but is hidden.
if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee,
diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) {
if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>())
PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
}
}
if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) {
Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type)
<< Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]");
ArrayForm = true;
}
DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete);
if (PointeeRD) {
if (!UseGlobal &&
FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName,
OperatorDelete))
return ExprError();
// If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the
// usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter.
if (ArrayForm) {
// If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator,
// we'll need to do the lookup into the class.
if (UseGlobal)
UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem);
// Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the
// function we just found.
else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete))
UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize =
UsualDeallocFnInfo(*this,
DeclAccessPair::make(OperatorDelete, AS_public))
.HasSizeT;
}
if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor())
if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc,
const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor));
if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc))
return ExprError();
}
CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc,
/*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true,
/*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm,
SourceLocation());
}
if (!OperatorDelete) {
if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_openclcxx_not_supported) << "default delete";
return ExprError();
}
bool IsComplete = isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee);
bool CanProvideSize =
IsComplete && (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize ||
Pointee.isDestructedType());
bool Overaligned = hasNewExtendedAlignment(*this, Pointee);
// Look for a global declaration.
OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, CanProvideSize,
Overaligned, DeleteName);
}
MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete);
// Check access and ambiguity of destructor if we're going to call it.
// Note that this is required even for a virtual delete.
bool IsVirtualDelete = false;
if (PointeeRD) {
if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) {
CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor,
PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem);
IsVirtualDelete = Dtor->isVirtual();
}
}
DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc);
// Convert the operand to the type of the first parameter of operator
// delete. This is only necessary if we selected a destroying operator
// delete that we are going to call (non-virtually); converting to void*
// is trivial and left to AST consumers to handle.
QualType ParamType = OperatorDelete->getParamDecl(0)->getType();
if (!IsVirtualDelete && !ParamType->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Qualifiers Qs = Pointee.getQualifiers();
if (Qs.hasCVRQualifiers()) {
// Qualifiers are irrelevant to this conversion; we're only looking
// for access and ambiguity.
Qs.removeCVRQualifiers();
QualType Unqual = Context.getPointerType(
Context.getQualifiedType(Pointee.getUnqualifiedType(), Qs));
Ex = ImpCastExprToType(Ex.get(), Unqual, CK_NoOp);
}
Ex = PerformImplicitConversion(Ex.get(), ParamType, AA_Passing);
if (Ex.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
}
}
CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr(
Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten,
UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc);
AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result);
return Result;
}
static bool resolveBuiltinNewDeleteOverload(Sema &S, CallExpr *TheCall,
bool IsDelete,
FunctionDecl *&Operator) {
DeclarationName NewName = S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
IsDelete ? OO_Delete : OO_New);
LookupResult R(S, NewName, TheCall->getBeginLoc(), Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
S.LookupQualifiedName(R, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
assert(!R.empty() && "implicitly declared allocation functions not found");
assert(!R.isAmbiguous() && "global allocation functions are ambiguous");
// We do our own custom access checks below.
R.suppressDiagnostics();
SmallVector<Expr *, 8> Args(TheCall->arg_begin(), TheCall->arg_end());
OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(R.getNameLoc(),
OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal);
for (LookupResult::iterator FnOvl = R.begin(), FnOvlEnd = R.end();
FnOvl != FnOvlEnd; ++FnOvl) {
// Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as
// static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate.
NamedDecl *D = (*FnOvl)->getUnderlyingDecl();
if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
S.AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, FnOvl.getPair(),
/*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, Args,
Candidates,
/*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
continue;
}
FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
S.AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, FnOvl.getPair(), Args, Candidates,
/*SuppressUserConversions=*/false);
}
SourceRange Range = TheCall->getSourceRange();
// Do the resolution.
OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(S, R.getNameLoc(), Best)) {
case OR_Success: {
// Got one!
FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
assert(R.getNamingClass() == nullptr &&
"class members should not be considered");
if (!FnDecl->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction()) {
S.Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_builtin_operator_new_delete_not_usual)
<< (IsDelete ? 1 : 0) << Range;
S.Diag(FnDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_non_usual_function_declared_here)
<< R.getLookupName() << FnDecl->getSourceRange();
return true;
}
Operator = FnDecl;
return false;
}
case OR_No_Viable_Function:
Candidates.NoteCandidates(
PartialDiagnosticAt(R.getNameLoc(),
S.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call)
<< R.getLookupName() << Range),
S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
return true;
case OR_Ambiguous:
Candidates.NoteCandidates(
PartialDiagnosticAt(R.getNameLoc(),
S.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call)
<< R.getLookupName() << Range),
S, OCD_AmbiguousCandidates, Args);
return true;
case OR_Deleted: {
Candidates.NoteCandidates(
PartialDiagnosticAt(R.getNameLoc(), S.PDiag(diag::err_ovl_deleted_call)
<< R.getLookupName() << Range),
S, OCD_AllCandidates, Args);
return true;
}
}
llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction");
}
ExprResult
Sema::SemaBuiltinOperatorNewDeleteOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
bool IsDelete) {
CallExpr *TheCall = cast<CallExpr>(TheCallResult.get());
if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
Diag(TheCall->getExprLoc(), diag::err_builtin_requires_language)
<< (IsDelete ? "__builtin_operator_delete" : "__builtin_operator_new")
<< "C++";
return ExprError();
}
// CodeGen assumes it can find the global new and delete to call,
// so ensure that they are declared.
DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
FunctionDecl *OperatorNewOrDelete = nullptr;
if (resolveBuiltinNewDeleteOverload(*this, TheCall, IsDelete,
OperatorNewOrDelete))
return ExprError();
assert(OperatorNewOrDelete && "should be found");
DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNewOrDelete, TheCall->getExprLoc());
MarkFunctionReferenced(TheCall->getExprLoc(), OperatorNewOrDelete);
TheCall->setType(OperatorNewOrDelete->getReturnType());
for (unsigned i = 0; i != TheCall->getNumArgs(); ++i) {
QualType ParamTy = OperatorNewOrDelete->getParamDecl(i)->getType();
InitializedEntity Entity =
InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, ParamTy, false);
ExprResult Arg = PerformCopyInitialization(
Entity, TheCall->getArg(i)->getBeginLoc(), TheCall->getArg(i));
if (Arg.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
TheCall->setArg(i, Arg.get());
}
auto Callee = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(TheCall->getCallee());
assert(Callee && Callee->getCastKind() == CK_BuiltinFnToFnPtr &&
"Callee expected to be implicit cast to a builtin function pointer");
Callee->setType(OperatorNewOrDelete->getType());
return TheCallResult;
}
void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc,
bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual,
bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes,
SourceLocation DtorLoc) {
if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual || isUnevaluatedContext())
return;
// C++ [expr.delete]p3:
// In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the
// object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static
// type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be
// deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the
// behavior is undefined.
//
const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent();
// Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there
if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>())
return;
// If the superclass is in a system header, there's nothing that can be done.
// The `delete` (where we emit the warning) can be in a system header,
// what matters for this warning is where the deleted type is defined.
if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(PointeeRD->getLocation()))
return;
QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType()->getPointeeType();
if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) {
// If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're
// sure the code has undefined behavior.
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
<< ClassType;
} else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) {
// Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect,
// but not necessarily wrong.
Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1)
<< ClassType;
}
if (!IsDelete) {
std::string TypeStr;
ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy());
Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual)
<< FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::");
}
}
Sema::ConditionResult Sema::ActOnConditionVariable(Decl *ConditionVar,
SourceLocation StmtLoc,
ConditionKind CK) {
ExprResult E =
CheckConditionVariable(cast<VarDecl>(ConditionVar), StmtLoc, CK);
if (E.isInvalid())
return ConditionError();
return ConditionResult(*this, ConditionVar, MakeFullExpr(E.get(), StmtLoc),
CK == ConditionKind::ConstexprIf);
}
/// Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if,
/// while, do-while, or switch statement.
ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
SourceLocation StmtLoc,
ConditionKind CK) {
if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl())
return ExprError();
QualType T = ConditionVar->getType();
// C++ [stmt.select]p2:
// The declarator shall not specify a function or an array.
if (T->isFunctionType())
return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type)
<< ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
else if (T->isArrayType())
return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(),
diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type)
<< ConditionVar->getSourceRange());
ExprResult Condition = BuildDeclRefExpr(
ConditionVar, ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue,
ConditionVar->getLocation());
switch (CK) {
case ConditionKind::Boolean:
return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get());
case ConditionKind::ConstexprIf:
return CheckBooleanCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get(), true);
case ConditionKind::Switch:
return CheckSwitchCondition(StmtLoc, Condition.get());
}
llvm_unreachable("unexpected condition kind");
}
/// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid.
ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr, bool IsConstexpr) {
// C++11 6.4p4:
// The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement
// other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable
// implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the
// program is ill-formed.
// The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the
// expression, implicitly converted to bool.
//
// C++2b 8.5.2p2
// If the if statement is of the form if constexpr, the value of the condition
// is contextually converted to bool and the converted expression shall be
// a constant expression.
//
ExprResult E = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr);
if (!IsConstexpr || E.isInvalid() || E.get()->isValueDependent())
return E;
// FIXME: Return this value to the caller so they don't need to recompute it.
llvm::APSInt Cond;
E = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(
E.get(), &Cond,
diag::err_constexpr_if_condition_expression_is_not_constant);
return E;
}
/// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++
/// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or
/// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals,
/// respectively).
bool
Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) {
// Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists.
if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From))
From = Cast->getSubExpr();
// A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can
// be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide
// string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer
// to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2).
if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens()))
if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>())
if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType
= ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
// This conversion is considered only when there is an
// explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2).
if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) {
switch (StrLit->getKind()) {
case StringLiteral::UTF8:
case StringLiteral::UTF16:
case StringLiteral::UTF32:
// We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted
break;
case StringLiteral::Ascii:
return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U ||
ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S);
case StringLiteral::Wide:
return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(),
QualType(ToPointeeType, 0));
}
}
}
return false;
}
static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S,
SourceLocation CastLoc,
QualType Ty,
CastKind Kind,
CXXMethodDecl *Method,
DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
bool HadMultipleCandidates,
Expr *From) {
switch (Kind) {
default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!");
case CK_ConstructorConversion: {
CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method);
SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty,
diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type))
return ExprError();
if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, Ty, From, CastLoc,
ConstructorArgs))
return ExprError();
S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, FoundDecl,
InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty));
if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
return ExprError();
ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr(
CastLoc, Ty, FoundDecl, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method),
ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates,
/*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
if (Result.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>());
}
case CK_UserDefinedConversion: {
assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!");
S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl);
if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc))
return ExprError();
// Create an implicit call expr that calls it.
CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method);
ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv,
HadMultipleCandidates);
if (Result.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
// Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast.
Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(),
CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(),
nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind(),
S.CurFPFeatureOverrides());
return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get());
}
}
}
/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
/// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit
/// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted
/// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing,
/// used in the error message.
ExprResult
Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS,
AssignmentAction Action,
CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
// C++ [over.match.oper]p7: [...] operands of class type are converted [...]
if (CCK == CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp && !From->getType()->isRecordType())
return From;
switch (ICS.getKind()) {
case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: {
ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard,
Action, CCK);
if (Res.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
From = Res.get();
break;
}
case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: {
FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction;
CastKind CastKind;
QualType BeforeToType;
assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq");
if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) {
CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion;
// If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function,
// the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
// the implicit object parameter of the conversion function.
BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent());
} else {
const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD);
CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion;
// Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion.
if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
// If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the
// initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to
// the type required by the argument of the constructor
BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType();
}
}
// Watch out for ellipsis conversion.
if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) {
ExprResult Res =
PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType,
ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting,
CCK);
if (Res.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
From = Res.get();
}
ExprResult CastArg = BuildCXXCastArgument(
*this, From->getBeginLoc(), ToType.getNonReferenceType(), CastKind,
cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction,
ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates, From);
if (CastArg.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
From = CastArg.get();
// C++ [over.match.oper]p7:
// [...] the second standard conversion sequence of a user-defined
// conversion sequence is not applied.
if (CCK == CCK_ForBuiltinOverloadedOp)
return From;
return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After,
AA_Converting, CCK);
}
case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion:
ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(),
PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition)
<< From->getSourceRange());
return ExprError();
case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion:
llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion");
case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion:
Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
CheckAssignmentConstraints(From->getExprLoc(), ToType, From->getType());
bool Diagnosed = DiagnoseAssignmentResult(
ConvTy == Compatible ? Incompatible : ConvTy, From->getExprLoc(),
ToType, From->getType(), From, Action);
assert(Diagnosed && "failed to diagnose bad conversion"); (void)Diagnosed;
return ExprError();
}
// Everything went well.
return From;
}
/// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the
/// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard
/// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted
/// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this
/// conversion, for use in error messages.
ExprResult
Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
AssignmentAction Action,
CheckedConversionKind CCK) {
bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast);
// Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too
// much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more
// information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially,
// so that we don't need to recompute anything here.
QualType FromType = From->getType();
if (SCS.CopyConstructor) {
// FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type?
assert(!ToType->isReferenceType());
if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) {
SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs;
if (CompleteConstructorCall(
cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor), ToType, From,
/*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ConstructorArgs))
return ExprError();
return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
/*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
/*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
}
return BuildCXXConstructExpr(
/*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType,
SCS.FoundCopyConstructor, SCS.CopyConstructor,
From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false,
/*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false,
CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange());
}
// Resolve overloaded function references.
if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) {
DeclAccessPair Found;
FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType,
true, Found);
if (!Fn)
return ExprError();
if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getBeginLoc()))
return ExprError();
From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn);
FromType = From->getType();
}
// If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding
// non-atomic type.
QualType ToAtomicType;
if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
ToAtomicType = ToType;
ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType();
}
QualType InitialFromType = FromType;
// Perform the first implicit conversion.
switch (SCS.First) {
case ICK_Identity:
if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) {
FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType();
From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic,
From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_PRValue,
FPOptionsOverride());
}
break;
case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: {
assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty);
ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From);
if (FromRes.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
From = FromRes.get();
FromType = From->getType();
break;
}
case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType);
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay, VK_PRValue,
/*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK)
.get();
break;
case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType);
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay,
VK_PRValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK)
.get();
break;
default:
llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion");
}
// Perform the second implicit conversion
switch (SCS.Second) {
case ICK_Identity:
// C++ [except.spec]p5:
// [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions,
// pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the
// target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the
// source value in the assignment or initialization.
switch (Action) {
case AA_Assigning:
case AA_Initializing:
// Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization.
case AA_Passing:
case AA_Returning:
case AA_Sending:
case AA_Passing_CFAudited:
if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
return ExprError();
break;
case AA_Casting:
case AA_Converting:
// Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not
// checked for exception specification mismatches.
break;
}
// Nothing else to do.
break;
case ICK_Integral_Promotion:
case ICK_Integral_Conversion:
if (ToType->isBooleanType()) {
assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() &&
SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion &&
"only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool");
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean, VK_PRValue,
/*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK)
.get();
} else {
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast, VK_PRValue,
/*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK)
.get();
}
break;
case ICK_Floating_Promotion:
case ICK_Floating_Conversion:
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast, VK_PRValue,
/*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK)
.get();
break;
case ICK_Complex_Promotion:
case ICK_Complex_Conversion: {
QualType FromEl = From->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
QualType ToEl = ToType->castAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
CastKind CK;
if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType())
CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast;
else
CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
} else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) {
CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
} else {
CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast;
}
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK, VK_PRValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr,
CCK)
.get();
break;
}
case ICK_Floating_Integral:
if (ToType->isRealFloatingType())
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating, VK_PRValue,
/*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK)
.get();
else
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral, VK_PRValue,
/*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK)
.get();
break;
case ICK_Compatible_Conversion:
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, From->getValueKind(),
/*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get();
break;
case ICK_Writeback_Conversion:
case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: {
if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) {
// Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions
if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning)
Diag(From->getBeginLoc(),
diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
<< ToType << From->getType() << Action << From->getSourceRange()
<< 0;
else
Diag(From->getBeginLoc(),
diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer)
<< From->getType() << ToType << Action << From->getSourceRange()
<< 0;
if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From);
} else if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers() &&
!CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType,
From->getType())) {
if (Action == AA_Initializing)
Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign);
else
Diag(From->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable)
<< (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType
<< From->getSourceRange();
}
// Defer address space conversion to the third conversion.
QualType FromPteeType = From->getType()->getPointeeType();
QualType ToPteeType = ToType->getPointeeType();
QualType NewToType = ToType;
if (!FromPteeType.isNull() && !ToPteeType.isNull() &&
FromPteeType.getAddressSpace() != ToPteeType.getAddressSpace()) {
NewToType = Context.removeAddrSpaceQualType(ToPteeType);
NewToType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(NewToType,
FromPteeType.getAddressSpace());
if (ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
NewToType = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(NewToType);
else if (ToType->isBlockPointerType())
NewToType = Context.getBlockPointerType(NewToType);
else
NewToType = Context.getPointerType(NewToType);
}
CastKind Kind;
CXXCastPath BasePath;
if (CheckPointerConversion(From, NewToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
return ExprError();
// Make sure we extend blocks if necessary.
// FIXME: doing this here is really ugly.
if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) {
ExprResult E = From;
(void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E);
From = E.get();
}
if (getLangOpts().allowsNonTrivialObjCLifetimeQualifiers())
CheckObjCConversion(SourceRange(), NewToType, From, CCK);
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, NewToType, Kind, VK_PRValue, &BasePath, CCK)
.get();
break;
}
case ICK_Pointer_Member: {
CastKind Kind;
CXXCastPath BasePath;
if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle))
return ExprError();
if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
return ExprError();
// We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved
// to up until this exact point. Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model.
if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
(void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType());
(void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType);
}
From =
ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_PRValue, &BasePath, CCK).get();
break;
}
case ICK_Boolean_Conversion:
// Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float.
if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) {
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get();
FromType = Context.FloatTy;
}
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy,
ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType), VK_PRValue,
/*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK)
.get();
break;
case ICK_Derived_To_Base: {
CXXCastPath BasePath;
if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(
From->getType(), ToType.getNonReferenceType(), From->getBeginLoc(),
From->getSourceRange(), &BasePath, CStyle))
return ExprError();
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(),
CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(),
&BasePath, CCK).get();
break;
}
case ICK_Vector_Conversion:
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast, VK_PRValue,
/*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK)
.get();
break;
case ICK_SVE_Vector_Conversion:
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast, VK_PRValue,
/*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK)
.get();
break;
case ICK_Vector_Splat: {
// Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector.
Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get();
From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_PRValue,
/*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK)
.get();
break;
}
case ICK_Complex_Real:
// Case 1. x -> _Complex y
if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType();
bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
// x -> y
if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) {
// do nothing
} else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) {
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get();
} else {
assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType());
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get();
}
// y -> _Complex y
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex
: CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get();
// Case 2. _Complex x -> y
} else {
auto *FromComplex = From->getType()->castAs<ComplexType>();
QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType();
bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType();
// _Complex x -> x
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType,
isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal
: CK_IntegralComplexToReal,
VK_PRValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK)
.get();
// x -> y
if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) {
// do nothing
} else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) {
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast
: CK_IntegralToFloating,
VK_PRValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK)
.get();
} else {
assert(ToType->isIntegerType());
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral
: CK_IntegralCast,
VK_PRValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK)
.get();
}
}
break;
case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: {
LangAS AddrSpaceL =
ToType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
LangAS AddrSpaceR =
FromType->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
assert(Qualifiers::isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(AddrSpaceL, AddrSpaceR) &&
"Invalid cast");
CastKind Kind =
AddrSpaceL != AddrSpaceR ? CK_AddressSpaceConversion : CK_BitCast;
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), Kind,
VK_PRValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK)
.get();
break;
}
case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: {
ExprResult FromRes = From;
Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy =
CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes);
if (FromRes.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
From = FromRes.get();
assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) &&
"Improper transparent union conversion");
(void)ConvTy;
break;
}
case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion:
case ICK_Zero_Queue_Conversion:
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType,
CK_ZeroToOCLOpaqueType,
From->getValueKind()).get();
break;
case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue:
case ICK_Array_To_Pointer:
case ICK_Function_To_Pointer:
case ICK_Function_Conversion:
case ICK_Qualification:
case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds:
case ICK_C_Only_Conversion:
case ICK_Incompatible_Pointer_Conversion:
llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion");
}
switch (SCS.Third) {
case ICK_Identity:
// Nothing to do.
break;
case ICK_Function_Conversion:
// If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could
// be incompatible exception declarations.
if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType))
return ExprError();
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, VK_PRValue,
/*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK)
.get();
break;
case ICK_Qualification: {
ExprValueKind VK = From->getValueKind();
CastKind CK = CK_NoOp;
if (ToType->isReferenceType() &&
ToType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace() !=
From->getType().getAddressSpace())
CK = CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
if (ToType->isPointerType() &&
ToType->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace() !=
From->getType()->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace())
CK = CK_AddressSpaceConversion;
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), CK, VK,
/*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK)
.get();
if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr &&
!getLangOpts().WritableStrings) {
Diag(From->getBeginLoc(),
getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion
: diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion)
<< ToType.getNonReferenceType();
}
break;
}
default:
llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion");
}
// If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform
// that conversion now.
if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) {
assert(Context.hasSameType(
ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType()));
From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic,
VK_PRValue, nullptr, CCK)
.get();
}
// Materialize a temporary if we're implicitly converting to a reference
// type. This is not required by the C++ rules but is necessary to maintain
// AST invariants.
if (ToType->isReferenceType() && From->isPRValue()) {
ExprResult Res = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(From);
if (Res.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
From = Res.get();
}
// If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a
// _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain.
if (!isCast(CCK))
diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType,
From->getBeginLoc());
return From;
}
/// Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait.
///
/// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete
/// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false
/// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required,
/// returns true.
static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT,
SourceLocation Loc,
QualType ArgTy) {
// C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3:
// For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating
// that template with a template argument that is a class template
// specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template
// argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument
// must be a complete type.
// We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement
// these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior
// in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries.
switch (UTT) {
default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
// is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type.
case UTT_IsCompleteType:
// Fall-through
// These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x
// [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as
// requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be
// impacted by the completeness of the type.
case UTT_IsVoid:
case UTT_IsIntegral:
case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
case UTT_IsArray:
case UTT_IsPointer:
case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
case UTT_IsEnum:
case UTT_IsUnion:
case UTT_IsClass:
case UTT_IsFunction:
case UTT_IsReference:
case UTT_IsArithmetic:
case UTT_IsFundamental:
case UTT_IsObject:
case UTT_IsScalar:
case UTT_IsCompound:
case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
// Fall-through
// These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]
// which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However,
// the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and
// so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in
// Table 49.
case UTT_IsConst:
case UTT_IsVolatile:
case UTT_IsSigned:
case UTT_IsUnsigned:
// This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot.
case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
return true;
// C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
// If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type.
case UTT_IsEmpty:
case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
case UTT_IsAbstract:
if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
if (!RD->isUnion())
return !S.RequireCompleteType(
Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
return true;
// C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
// If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type.
case UTT_IsFinal:
case UTT_IsSealed:
if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
return !S.RequireCompleteType(
Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
return true;
// C++1z [meta.unary.prop]:
// remove_all_extents_t<T> shall be a complete type or cv void.
case UTT_IsAggregate:
case UTT_IsTrivial:
case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
case UTT_IsPOD:
case UTT_IsLiteral:
// Per the GCC type traits documentation, T shall be a complete type, cv void,
// or an array of unknown bound. But GCC actually imposes the same constraints
// as above.
case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
ArgTy = QualType(ArgTy->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(), 0);
LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
// C++1z [meta.unary.prop]:
// T shall be a complete type, cv void, or an array of unknown bound.
case UTT_IsDestructible:
case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
case UTT_IsTriviallyDestructible:
case UTT_HasUniqueObjectRepresentations:
if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || ArgTy->isVoidType())
return true;
return !S.RequireCompleteType(
Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr);
}
}
static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C,
bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const,
bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const,
bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const)
{
CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)())
return true;
DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op);
DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc);
LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName);
if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) {
bool FoundOperator = false;
Res.suppressDiagnostics();
for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end();
Op != OpEnd; ++Op) {
if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op))
continue;
CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op);
if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) {
FoundOperator = true;
auto *CPT = Operator->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow())
return false;
}
}
return FoundOperator;
}
return false;
}
static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT,
SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) {
assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
ASTContext &C = Self.Context;
switch(UTT) {
default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT");
// Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category
// predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat].
case UTT_IsVoid:
return T->isVoidType();
case UTT_IsIntegral:
return T->isIntegralType(C);
case UTT_IsFloatingPoint:
return T->isFloatingType();
case UTT_IsArray:
return T->isArrayType();
case UTT_IsPointer:
return T->isAnyPointerType();
case UTT_IsLvalueReference:
return T->isLValueReferenceType();
case UTT_IsRvalueReference:
return T->isRValueReferenceType();
case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer:
return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer:
return T->isMemberDataPointerType();
case UTT_IsEnum:
return T->isEnumeralType();
case UTT_IsUnion:
return T->isUnionType();
case UTT_IsClass:
return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType();
case UTT_IsFunction:
return T->isFunctionType();
// Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition
// predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp].
case UTT_IsReference:
return T->isReferenceType();
case UTT_IsArithmetic:
return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
case UTT_IsFundamental:
return T->isFundamentalType();
case UTT_IsObject:
return T->isObjectType();
case UTT_IsScalar:
// Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be
// considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave
// like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release
// operations), so we report them as non-scalar.
if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) {
case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
return true;
case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
return false;
}
}
return T->isScalarType();
case UTT_IsCompound:
return T->isCompoundType();
case UTT_IsMemberPointer:
return T->isMemberPointerType();
// Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates
// in C++0x [meta.unary.prop].
case UTT_IsConst:
return T.isConstQualified();
case UTT_IsVolatile:
return T.isVolatileQualified();
case UTT_IsTrivial:
return T.isTrivialType(C);
case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable:
return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C);
case UTT_IsStandardLayout:
return T->isStandardLayoutType();
case UTT_IsPOD:
return T.isPODType(C);
case UTT_IsLiteral:
return T->isLiteralType(C);
case UTT_IsEmpty:
if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty();
return false;
case UTT_IsPolymorphic:
if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic();
return false;
case UTT_IsAbstract:
if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract();
return false;
case UTT_IsAggregate:
// Report vector extensions and complex types as aggregates because they
// support aggregate initialization. GCC mirrors this behavior for vectors
// but not _Complex.
return T->isAggregateType() || T->isVectorType() || T->isExtVectorType() ||
T->isAnyComplexType();
// __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and
// even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax
// Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot.
case UTT_IsInterfaceClass:
return false;
case UTT_IsFinal:
case UTT_IsSealed:
if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>();
return false;
case UTT_IsSigned:
// Enum types should always return false.
// Floating points should always return true.
return T->isFloatingType() ||
(T->isSignedIntegerType() && !T->isEnumeralType());
case UTT_IsUnsigned:
// Enum types should always return false.
return T->isUnsignedIntegerType() && !T->isEnumeralType();
// Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction,
// destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the
// related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both
// GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those
// specifications.
//
// 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
// 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
//
// Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class
// has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind,
// they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior.
// FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it
// does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special
// members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed.
case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor:
// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
// If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is
// a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default
// constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false.
if (T.isPODType(C))
return true;
if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
!RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor();
return false;
case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor:
// This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
// standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
// behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3).
if (T.isPODType(C))
return true;
if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor();
return false;
case UTT_HasTrivialCopy:
// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
// If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then
// the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type
// with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait
// is true, else it is false.
if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
return true;
if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
!RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor();
return false;
case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign:
// This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
// standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic
// behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3)
if (T.isPODType(C))
return true;
if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment();
return false;
case UTT_HasTrivialAssign:
// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
// If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
// trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the
// trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with
// a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is
// true, else it is false.
// Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting,
// given that const and reference members don't prevent a class
// from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause
// errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v.
// [class.copy]p12).
if (T.isConstQualified())
return false;
if (T.isPODType(C))
return true;
if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() &&
!RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment();
return false;
case UTT_IsDestructible:
case UTT_IsTriviallyDestructible:
case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible:
// C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
// For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true.
if (T->isReferenceType())
return true;
// Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
return true;
// C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
// For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is
// false.
if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
return false;
// A type that requires destruction (via a non-trivial destructor or ARC
// lifetime semantics) is not trivially-destructible.
if (UTT == UTT_IsTriviallyDestructible && T.isDestructedType())
return false;
// C++14 [meta.unary.prop]:
// For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the
// expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an
// unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true
if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD);
if (!Destructor)
return false;
// C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2:
// A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or
// explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed.
if (Destructor->isDeleted())
return false;
if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public)
return false;
if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) {
auto *CPT = Destructor->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow())
return false;
}
}
return true;
case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor:
// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
// If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type
// then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union
// type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor
// ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is
// false.
if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType())
return true;
// Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction.
if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing)
return true;
if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
return RD->hasTrivialDestructor();
return false;
// TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members.
case UTT_HasNothrowAssign:
// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
// If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the
// trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type)
// is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class
// or union type with copy assignment operators that are known
// not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
// false.
if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified())
return false;
if (T->isReferenceType())
return false;
if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
return true;
if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>())
return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
&CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment,
&CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment,
&CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator);
return false;
case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign:
// This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the
// standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic
// behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3).
if (T.isPODType(C))
return true;
if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>())
return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C,
&CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment,
&CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment,
&CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator);
return false;
case UTT_HasNothrowCopy:
// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
// If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else
// if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are
// known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is
// false.
if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
return true;
if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
!RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
return true;
bool FoundConstructor = false;
unsigned FoundTQs;
for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
// A template constructor is never a copy constructor.
// FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload
// resolution point.
if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()))
continue;
// UsingDecl itself is not a constructor
if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND))
continue;
auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl());
if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) {
FoundConstructor = true;
auto *CPT = Constructor->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
if (!CPT)
return false;
// TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
// For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
if (!CPT->isNothrow() || CPT->getNumParams() > 1)
return false;
}
}
return FoundConstructor;
}
return false;
case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor:
// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html
// If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is
// true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array
// thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to
// throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false.
if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType())
return true;
if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() &&
!RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor())
return true;
bool FoundConstructor = false;
for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) {
// FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor.
if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl()))
continue;
// UsingDecl itself is not a constructor
if (isa<UsingDecl>(ND))
continue;
auto *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND->getUnderlyingDecl());
if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
FoundConstructor = true;
auto *CPT = Constructor->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT);
if (!CPT)
return false;
// FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw.
// For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw.
if (!CPT->isNothrow() || CPT->getNumParams() > 0)
return false;
}
}
return FoundConstructor;
}
return false;
case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor:
// http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html:
// If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor])
// then the trait is true, else it is false.
if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl())
if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD))
return Destructor->isVirtual();
return false;
// These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the
// Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions:
// http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index
case UTT_IsCompleteType:
// http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_):
// Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the
// function call.
return !T->isIncompleteType();
case UTT_HasUniqueObjectRepresentations:
return C.hasUniqueObjectRepresentations(T);
}
}
static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc);
static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
if (Kind <= UTT_Last)
return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType());
// Evaluate BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary alongside the IsConstructible
// traits to avoid duplication.
if (Kind <= BTT_Last && Kind != BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary)
return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(),
Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc);
switch (Kind) {
case clang::BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary:
case clang::TT_IsConstructible:
case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible:
case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: {
// C++11 [meta.unary.prop]:
// is_trivially_constructible is defined as:
//
// is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable
// definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call
// no operation that is not trivial.
//
// The predicate condition for a template specialization
// is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the
// following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented
// variable t:
//
// T t(create<Args>()...);
assert(!Args.empty());
// Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be
// complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of
// unknown bound.
for (const auto *TSI : Args) {
QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType();
if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType())
continue;
if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy,
diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
return false;
}
// Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type.
QualType T = Args[0]->getType();
if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType())
return false;
// Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type.
CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
if (RD && RD->isAbstract())
return false;
llvm::BumpPtrAllocator OpaqueExprAllocator;
SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs;
ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1);
for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType();
if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType())
ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy);
ArgExprs.push_back(
new (OpaqueExprAllocator.Allocate<OpaqueValueExpr>())
OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context),
Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy)));
}
// Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
// trap at translation unit scope.
EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(
S, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated);
Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
InitializedEntity To(
InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(S.Context, Args[0]));
InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc,
RParenLoc));
InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
if (Init.Failed())
return false;
ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs);
if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
return false;
if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible)
return true;
if (Kind == clang::BTT_ReferenceBindsToTemporary) {
if (!T->isReferenceType())
return false;
return !Init.isDirectReferenceBinding();
}
if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible)
return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) {
// Under Objective-C ARC and Weak, if the destination has non-trivial
// Objective-C lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction.
if (T.getNonReferenceType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime())
return false;
// The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial
// calls.
return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context);
}
llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
return false;
}
default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT");
}
return false;
}
ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(
*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()))
return ExprError();
bool Dependent = false;
for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
Dependent = true;
break;
}
}
bool Result = false;
if (!Dependent)
Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc);
return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args,
RParenLoc, Result);
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs;
ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size());
for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) {
TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo);
if (!TInfo)
TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc);
ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo);
}
return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc);
}
static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT,
QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() &&
"Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types");
switch(BTT) {
case BTT_IsBaseOf: {
// C++0x [meta.rel]p2
// Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or
// Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without
// regard to cv-qualifiers.
const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>();
if (!rhsRecord || !lhsRecord) {
const ObjCObjectType *LHSObjTy = LhsT->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
const ObjCObjectType *RHSObjTy = RhsT->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
if (!LHSObjTy || !RHSObjTy)
return false;
ObjCInterfaceDecl *BaseInterface = LHSObjTy->getInterface();
ObjCInterfaceDecl *DerivedInterface = RHSObjTy->getInterface();
if (!BaseInterface || !DerivedInterface)
return false;
if (Self.RequireCompleteType(
KeyLoc, RhsT, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
return false;
return BaseInterface->isSuperClassOf(DerivedInterface);
}
assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT)
== (lhsRecord == rhsRecord));
// Unions are never base classes, and never have base classes.
// It doesn't matter if they are complete or not. See PR#41843
if (lhsRecord && lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion())
return false;
if (rhsRecord && rhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion())
return false;
if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)
return true;
// C++0x [meta.rel]p2:
// If Base and Derived are class types and are different types
// (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a
// complete type.
if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
return false;
return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl())
->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl()));
}
case BTT_IsSame:
return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT);
case BTT_TypeCompatible: {
// GCC ignores cv-qualifiers on arrays for this builtin.
Qualifiers LhsQuals, RhsQuals;
QualType Lhs = Self.getASTContext().getUnqualifiedArrayType(LhsT, LhsQuals);
QualType Rhs = Self.getASTContext().getUnqualifiedArrayType(RhsT, RhsQuals);
return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(Lhs, Rhs);
}
case BTT_IsConvertible:
case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: {
// C++0x [meta.rel]p4:
// Given the following function prototype:
//
// template <class T>
// typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create();
//
// the predicate condition for a template specialization
// is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if
// the return expression in the following code would be
// well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return
// type of the function:
//
// To test() {
// return create<From>();
// }
//
// Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and
// From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression
// of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type)
// is considered.
//
// We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary
// of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the
// return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply).
// Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types.
if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType())
return false;
// A return statement in a void function must have void type.
if (RhsT->isVoidType())
return LhsT->isVoidType();
// A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type.
if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT))
return false;
// Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference.
if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
// Build a fake source and destination for initialization.
InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT));
OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
Expr *FromPtr = &From;
InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc,
SourceLocation()));
// Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
// trap at translation unit scope.
EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(
Self, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated);
Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
if (Init.Failed())
return false;
ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr);
return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred();
}
case BTT_IsAssignable:
case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable:
case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: {
// C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3:
// is_trivially_assignable is defined as:
// is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by
// is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial
//
// is_assignable is defined as:
// The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when
// treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5).
//
// For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified)
// void, or arrays of unknown bound.
if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT,
diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
return false;
if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT,
diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr))
return false;
// cv void is never assignable.
if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType())
return false;
// Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and
// declval<U>().
if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType())
LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT);
if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType())
RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT);
OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT));
OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context),
Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT));
// Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE
// trap at translation unit scope.
EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(
Self, Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext::Unevaluated);
Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true);
Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl());
ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs,
&Rhs);
if (Result.isInvalid())
return false;
// Treat the assignment as unused for the purpose of -Wdeprecated-volatile.
Self.CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment(Result.get());
if (SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred())
return false;
if (BTT == BTT_IsAssignable)
return true;
if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable)
return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot;
if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) {
// Under Objective-C ARC and Weak, if the destination has non-trivial
// Objective-C lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment.
if (LhsT.getNonReferenceType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime())
return false;
return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context);
}
llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait");
return false;
}
default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT");
}
llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
SourceLocation KWLoc,
ParsedType Ty,
Expr* DimExpr,
SourceLocation RParen) {
TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo;
QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo);
if (!TSInfo)
TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen);
}
static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
QualType T, Expr *DimExpr,
SourceLocation KeyLoc) {
assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type");
switch(ATT) {
case ATT_ArrayRank:
if (T->isArrayType()) {
unsigned Dim = 0;
while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
++Dim;
T = AT->getElementType();
}
return Dim;
}
return 0;
case ATT_ArrayExtent: {
llvm::APSInt Value;
uint64_t Dim;
if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(
DimExpr, &Value, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer)
.isInvalid())
return 0;
if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer)
<< DimExpr->getSourceRange();
return 0;
}
Dim = Value.getLimitedValue();
if (T->isArrayType()) {
unsigned D = 0;
bool Matched = false;
while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) {
if (Dim == D) {
Matched = true;
break;
}
++D;
T = AT->getElementType();
}
if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) {
if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T))
return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue();
}
}
return 0;
}
}
llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented");
}
ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
SourceLocation KWLoc,
TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
Expr* DimExpr,
SourceLocation RParen) {
QualType T = TSInfo->getType();
// FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host
// assumptions about the width of size_t on the target.
uint64_t Value = 0;
if (!T->isDependentType())
Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc);
// While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++
// compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang
// returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero
// compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an
// important distinction.
return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr,
RParen, Context.getSizeType());
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
SourceLocation KWLoc,
Expr *Queried,
SourceLocation RParen) {
// If error parsing the expression, ignore.
if (!Queried)
return ExprError();
ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen);
return Result;
}
static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) {
switch (ET) {
case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue();
case ET_IsRValueExpr:
return E->isPRValue();
}
llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch");
}
ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET,
SourceLocation KWLoc,
Expr *Queried,
SourceLocation RParen) {
if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) {
// Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
} else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) {
ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried);
if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen);
}
bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried);
return new (Context)
ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy);
}
QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
ExprValueKind &VK,
SourceLocation Loc,
bool isIndirect) {
assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
!RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() &&
"placeholders should have been weeded out by now");
// The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*, and undergoes the
// temporary materialization conversion otherwise.
if (isIndirect)
LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
else if (LHS.get()->isPRValue())
LHS = TemporaryMaterializationConversion(LHS.get());
if (LHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
// The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions.
RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType();
const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*";
// C++ 5.5p2
// The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall
// be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined
// class type) [...]
QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
if (!MemPtr) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs)
<< OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0);
// Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the
// member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no
// reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by
// other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is
// likely to be considered a defect.
// C++ 5.5p2
// [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of
// which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to
// such a class]
QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
if (isIndirect) {
if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>())
LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
else {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs)
<< OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType
<< FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*");
return QualType();
}
}
if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) {
// If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type.
if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs,
OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) {
return QualType();
}
if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) {
Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling
<< (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType();
return QualType();
}
CXXCastPath BasePath;
if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(
LHSType, Class, Loc,
SourceRange(LHS.get()->getBeginLoc(), RHS.get()->getEndLoc()),
&BasePath))
return QualType();
// Cast LHS to type of use.
QualType UseType = Context.getQualifiedType(Class, LHSType.getQualifiers());
if (isIndirect)
UseType = Context.getPointerType(UseType);
ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_PRValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind();
LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK,
&BasePath);
}
if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) {
// Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as
// the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression.
Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect;
return QualType();
}
// C++ 5.5p2
// The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the
// second operand.
// The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side,
// in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5.
QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers());
// C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
// In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is
// ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with
// ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object
// expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand
// is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&.
if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) {
case RQ_None:
// Do nothing
break;
case RQ_LValue:
if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) {
// C++2a allows functions with ref-qualifier & if their cv-qualifier-seq
// is (exactly) 'const'.
if (Proto->isConst() && !Proto->isVolatile())
Diag(Loc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20
? diag::warn_cxx17_compat_pointer_to_const_ref_member_on_rvalue
: diag::ext_pointer_to_const_ref_member_on_rvalue);
else
Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
<< RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
}
break;
case RQ_RValue:
if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue())
Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify)
<< RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
break;
}
}
// C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6:
// The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer
// to a data member is of the same value category as its
// first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second
// operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The
// result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand
// is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise.
if (Result->isFunctionType()) {
VK = VK_PRValue;
return Context.BoundMemberTy;
} else if (isIndirect) {
VK = VK_LValue;
} else {
VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
}
return Result;
}
/// Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3.
///
/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
/// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be
/// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction.
/// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed
/// as such.
static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To,
SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
bool &HaveConversion,
QualType &ToType) {
HaveConversion = false;
ToType = To->getType();
InitializationKind Kind =
InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getBeginLoc(), SourceLocation());
// C++11 5.16p3
// The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1
// can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined
// as follows:
// -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
// implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the
// constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to
// an lvalue.
// -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
// implicitly converted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to
// the constraint that the reference must bind directly.
if (To->isGLValue()) {
QualType T = Self.Context.getReferenceQualifiedType(To);
InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) {
ToType = T;
HaveConversion = true;
return false;
}
if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
}
// -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done:
// -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are
// the same or one is a base class of the other:
QualType FTy = From->getType();
QualType TTy = To->getType();
const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>();
const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>();
bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec &&
Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy);
if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT ||
Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) {
// E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the
// same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and
// [cv2 > cv1].
if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) {
if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) {
InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
if (InitSeq) {
HaveConversion = true;
return false;
}
if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
}
}
return false;
}
// -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be
// implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have
// if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is
// an rvalue).
//
// This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not
// to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions.
TTy = TTy.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context);
InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy);
InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed();
ToType = TTy;
if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous())
return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From);
return false;
}
/// Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5.
///
/// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either
/// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a
/// conversion to a common type.
static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() };
OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc,
OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator);
Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args,
CandidateSet);
OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) {
case OR_Success: {
// We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on.
ExprResult LHSRes = Self.PerformImplicitConversion(
LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinParamTypes[0], Best->Conversions[0],
Sema::AA_Converting);
if (LHSRes.isInvalid())
break;
LHS = LHSRes;
ExprResult RHSRes = Self.PerformImplicitConversion(
RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinParamTypes[1], Best->Conversions[1],
Sema::AA_Converting);
if (RHSRes.isInvalid())
break;
RHS = RHSRes;
if (Best->Function)
Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function);
return false;
}
case OR_No_Viable_Function:
// Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
// constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most
// likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
return true;
Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
<< LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
<< LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
return true;
case OR_Ambiguous:
Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl)
<< LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
<< LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
// FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of
// the viable candidates.
break;
case OR_Deleted:
llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads");
}
return true;
}
/// Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by
/// TryClassUnification.
static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) {
InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T);
InitializationKind Kind =
InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getBeginLoc(), SourceLocation());
Expr *Arg = E.get();
InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg);
if (Result.isInvalid())
return true;
E = Result;
return false;
}
// Check the condition operand of ?: to see if it is valid for the GCC
// extension.
static bool isValidVectorForConditionalCondition(ASTContext &Ctx,
QualType CondTy) {
if (!CondTy->isVectorType() && !CondTy->isExtVectorType())
return false;
const QualType EltTy =
cast<VectorType>(CondTy.getCanonicalType())->getElementType();
assert(!EltTy->isBooleanType() && !EltTy->isEnumeralType() &&
"Vectors cant be boolean or enum types");
return EltTy->isIntegralType(Ctx);
}
QualType Sema::CheckVectorConditionalTypes(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
ExprResult &RHS,
SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
QualType CondType = Cond.get()->getType();
const auto *CondVT = CondType->castAs<VectorType>();
QualType CondElementTy = CondVT->getElementType();
unsigned CondElementCount = CondVT->getNumElements();
QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType();
const auto *LHSVT = LHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType();
const auto *RHSVT = RHSType->getAs<VectorType>();
QualType ResultType;
if (LHSVT && RHSVT) {
if (isa<ExtVectorType>(CondVT) != isa<ExtVectorType>(LHSVT)) {
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_cond_result_mismatch)
<< /*isExtVector*/ isa<ExtVectorType>(CondVT);
return {};
}
// If both are vector types, they must be the same type.
if (!Context.hasSameType(LHSType, RHSType)) {
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_mismatched)
<< LHSType << RHSType;
return {};
}
ResultType = LHSType;
} else if (LHSVT || RHSVT) {
ResultType = CheckVectorOperands(
LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/ false, /*AllowBothBool*/ true,
/*AllowBoolConversions*/ false);
if (ResultType.isNull())
return {};
} else {
// Both are scalar.
QualType ResultElementTy;
LHSType = LHSType.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
RHSType = RHSType.getCanonicalType().getUnqualifiedType();
if (Context.hasSameType(LHSType, RHSType))
ResultElementTy = LHSType;
else
ResultElementTy =
UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, ACK_Conditional);
if (ResultElementTy->isEnumeralType()) {
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_operand_type)
<< ResultElementTy;
return {};
}
if (CondType->isExtVectorType())
ResultType =
Context.getExtVectorType(ResultElementTy, CondVT->getNumElements());
else
ResultType = Context.getVectorType(
ResultElementTy, CondVT->getNumElements(), VectorType::GenericVector);
LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResultType, CK_VectorSplat);
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResultType, CK_VectorSplat);
}
assert(!ResultType.isNull() && ResultType->isVectorType() &&
(!CondType->isExtVectorType() || ResultType->isExtVectorType()) &&
"Result should have been a vector type");
auto *ResultVectorTy = ResultType->castAs<VectorType>();
QualType ResultElementTy = ResultVectorTy->getElementType();
unsigned ResultElementCount = ResultVectorTy->getNumElements();
if (ResultElementCount != CondElementCount) {
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_size) << CondType
<< ResultType;
return {};
}
if (Context.getTypeSize(ResultElementTy) !=
Context.getTypeSize(CondElementTy)) {
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_vector_element_size) << CondType
<< ResultType;
return {};
}
return ResultType;
}
/// Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics.
///
/// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y
/// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.)
///
/// This function also implements GCC's vector extension and the
/// OpenCL/ext_vector_type extension for conditionals. The vector extensions
/// permit the use of a?b:c where the type of a is that of a integer vector with
/// the same number of elements and size as the vectors of b and c. If one of
/// either b or c is a scalar it is implicitly converted to match the type of
/// the vector. Otherwise the expression is ill-formed. If both b and c are
/// scalars, then b and c are checked and converted to the type of a if
/// possible.
///
/// The expressions are evaluated differently for GCC's and OpenCL's extensions.
/// For the GCC extension, the ?: operator is evaluated as
/// (a[0] != 0 ? b[0] : c[0], .. , a[n] != 0 ? b[n] : c[n]).
/// For the OpenCL extensions, the ?: operator is evaluated as
/// (most-significant-bit-set(a[0]) ? b[0] : c[0], .. ,
/// most-significant-bit-set(a[n]) ? b[n] : c[n]).
QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS,
ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
ExprObjectKind &OK,
SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
// FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, block pointers and Obj-C++ interface
// pointers.
// Assume r-value.
VK = VK_PRValue;
OK = OK_Ordinary;
bool IsVectorConditional =
isValidVectorForConditionalCondition(Context, Cond.get()->getType());
// C++11 [expr.cond]p1
// The first expression is contextually converted to bool.
if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
ExprResult CondRes = IsVectorConditional
? DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Cond.get())
: CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get());
if (CondRes.isInvalid())
return QualType();
Cond = CondRes;
} else {
// To implement C++, the first expression typically doesn't alter the result
// type of the conditional, however the GCC compatible vector extension
// changes the result type to be that of the conditional. Since we cannot
// know if this is a vector extension here, delay the conversion of the
// LHS/RHS below until later.
return Context.DependentTy;
}
// Either of the arguments dependent?
if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent())
return Context.DependentTy;
// C++11 [expr.cond]p2
// If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ...
QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType();
bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType();
if (LVoid || RVoid) {
// ... one of the following shall hold:
// -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly
// parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type
// and value category of the other.
bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
// Void expressions aren't legal in the vector-conditional expressions.
if (IsVectorConditional) {
SourceRange DiagLoc =
LVoid ? LHS.get()->getSourceRange() : RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
bool IsThrow = LVoid ? LThrow : RThrow;
Diag(DiagLoc.getBegin(), diag::err_conditional_vector_has_void)
<< DiagLoc << IsThrow;
return QualType();
}
if (LThrow != RThrow) {
Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get();
VK = NonThrow->getValueKind();
// DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the
// non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field.
OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind();
return NonThrow->getType();
}
// -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of
// type void and is a prvalue.
if (LVoid && RVoid)
return Context.VoidTy;
// Neither holds, error.
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid)
<< (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1)
<< LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
// Neither is void.
if (IsVectorConditional)
return CheckVectorConditionalTypes(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
// C++11 [expr.cond]p3
// Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and
// either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of
// those operands to the type of the other.
if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) &&
(LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
// These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous.
QualType L2RType, R2LType;
bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L;
if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType))
return QualType();
if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType))
return QualType();
// If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed.
if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) {
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous)
<< LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
// If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to
// the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the
// original operands for the remainder of this section.
if (HaveL2R) {
if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
} else if (HaveR2L) {
if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
}
}
// C++11 [expr.cond]p3
// if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except
// for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those
// operands to the type of the other.
// FIXME:
// Resolving a defect in P0012R1: we extend this to cover all cases where
// one of the operands is reference-compatible with the other, in order
// to support conditionals between functions differing in noexcept. This
// will similarly cover difference in array bounds after P0388R4.
// FIXME: If LTy and RTy have a composite pointer type, should we convert to
// that instead?
ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind();
if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_PRValue) {
// DerivedToBase was already handled by the class-specific case above.
// FIXME: Should we allow ObjC conversions here?
const ReferenceConversions AllowedConversions =
ReferenceConversions::Qualification |
ReferenceConversions::NestedQualification |
ReferenceConversions::Function;
ReferenceConversions RefConv;
if (CompareReferenceRelationship(QuestionLoc, LTy, RTy, &RefConv) ==
Ref_Compatible &&
!(RefConv & ~AllowedConversions) &&
// [...] subject to the constraint that the reference must bind
// directly [...]
!RHS.get()->refersToBitField() && !RHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) {
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK);
RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
} else if (CompareReferenceRelationship(QuestionLoc, RTy, LTy, &RefConv) ==
Ref_Compatible &&
!(RefConv & ~AllowedConversions) &&
!LHS.get()->refersToBitField() &&
!LHS.get()->refersToVectorElement()) {
LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK);
LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
}
}
// C++11 [expr.cond]p4
// If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value
// category and have the same type, the result is of that type and
// value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third
// operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields.
// We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of
// l-values.
bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy);
if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_PRValue &&
LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() &&
RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) {
VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind();
if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField ||
RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField)
OK = OK_BitField;
// If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their
// exception specifications, if any.
if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
Qualifiers Qs = LTy.getQualifiers();
LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS,
/*ConvertArgs*/false);
LTy = Context.getQualifiedType(LTy, Qs);
assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for "
"canonically equivalent function ptr types");
assert(Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && "bad composite pointer type");
}
return LTy;
}
// C++11 [expr.cond]p5
// Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands
// do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ...
if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) {
// ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any)
// to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the
// program is ill-formed.
if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc))
return QualType();
}
// C++11 [expr.cond]p6
// Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard
// conversions are performed on the second and third operands.
LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get());
RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get());
if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
LTy = LHS.get()->getType();
RTy = RHS.get()->getType();
// After those conversions, one of the following shall hold:
// -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result
// is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result
// is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is
// copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third
// operand depending on the value of the first operand.
if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) {
if (LTy->isRecordType()) {
// The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy.
InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy);
ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
SourceLocation(),
LHS);
if (LHSCopy.isInvalid())
return QualType();
ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
SourceLocation(),
RHS);
if (RHSCopy.isInvalid())
return QualType();
LHS = LHSCopy;
RHS = RHSCopy;
}
// If we have function pointer types, unify them anyway to unify their
// exception specifications, if any.
if (LTy->isFunctionPointerType() || LTy->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
LTy = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
assert(!LTy.isNull() && "failed to find composite pointer type for "
"canonically equivalent function ptr types");
}
return LTy;
}
// Extension: conditional operator involving vector types.
if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType())
return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false,
/*AllowBothBool*/true,
/*AllowBoolConversions*/false);
// -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type;
// the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a
// common type, and the result is of that type.
if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) {
QualType ResTy =
UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, ACK_Conditional);
if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
if (ResTy.isNull()) {
Diag(QuestionLoc,
diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) << LTy << RTy
<< LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy));
RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy));
return ResTy;
}
// -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer
// type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null
// pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer
// conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them
// to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite
// pointer type.
// -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has
// pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant;
// pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are
// performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification
// shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third
// operand. The result is of the common type.
QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
if (!Composite.isNull())
return Composite;
// Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers.
Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
return QualType();
if (!Composite.isNull())
return Composite;
// Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type.
if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
return QualType();
Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
<< LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType()
<< LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
return QualType();
}
static FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo
mergeExceptionSpecs(Sema &S, FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI1,
FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI2,
SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ExceptionTypeStorage) {
ExceptionSpecificationType EST1 = ESI1.Type;
ExceptionSpecificationType EST2 = ESI2.Type;
// If either of them can throw anything, that is the result.
if (EST1 == EST_None) return ESI1;
if (EST2 == EST_None) return ESI2;
if (EST1 == EST_MSAny) return ESI1;
if (EST2 == EST_MSAny) return ESI2;
if (EST1 == EST_NoexceptFalse) return ESI1;
if (EST2 == EST_NoexceptFalse) return ESI2;
// If either of them is non-throwing, the result is the other.
if (EST1 == EST_NoThrow) return ESI2;
if (EST2 == EST_NoThrow) return ESI1;
if (EST1 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI2;
if (EST2 == EST_DynamicNone) return ESI1;
if (EST1 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI2;
if (EST2 == EST_BasicNoexcept) return ESI1;
if (EST1 == EST_NoexceptTrue) return ESI2;
if (EST2 == EST_NoexceptTrue) return ESI1;
// If we're left with value-dependent computed noexcept expressions, we're
// stuck. Before C++17, we can just drop the exception specification entirely,
// since it's not actually part of the canonical type. And this should never
// happen in C++17, because it would mean we were computing the composite
// pointer type of dependent types, which should never happen.
if (EST1 == EST_DependentNoexcept || EST2 == EST_DependentNoexcept) {
assert(!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 &&
"computing composite pointer type of dependent types");
return FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo();
}
// Switch over the possibilities so that people adding new values know to
// update this function.
switch (EST1) {
case EST_None:
case EST_DynamicNone:
case EST_MSAny:
case EST_BasicNoexcept:
case EST_DependentNoexcept:
case EST_NoexceptFalse:
case EST_NoexceptTrue:
case EST_NoThrow:
llvm_unreachable("handled above");
case EST_Dynamic: {
// This is the fun case: both exception specifications are dynamic. Form
// the union of the two lists.
assert(EST2 == EST_Dynamic && "other cases should already be handled");
llvm::SmallPtrSet<QualType, 8> Found;
for (auto &Exceptions : {ESI1.Exceptions, ESI2.Exceptions})
for (QualType E : Exceptions)
if (Found.insert(S.Context.getCanonicalType(E)).second)
ExceptionTypeStorage.push_back(E);
FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo Result(EST_Dynamic);
Result.Exceptions = ExceptionTypeStorage;
return Result;
}
case EST_Unevaluated:
case EST_Uninstantiated:
case EST_Unparsed:
llvm_unreachable("shouldn't see unresolved exception specifications here");
}
llvm_unreachable("invalid ExceptionSpecificationType");
}
/// Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it.
///
/// This finds the composite pointer type for \p E1 and \p E2 according to
/// C++2a [expr.type]p3. It converts both expressions to this type and returns
/// it. It does not emit diagnostics (FIXME: that's not true if \p ConvertArgs
/// is \c true).
///
/// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to
/// be converted to the composite pointer type.
///
/// \param ConvertArgs If \c false, do not convert E1 and E2 to the target type.
QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
bool ConvertArgs) {
assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++");
// C++1z [expr]p14:
// The composite pointer type of two operands p1 and p2 having types T1
// and T2
QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType();
// where at least one is a pointer or pointer to member type or
// std::nullptr_t is:
bool T1IsPointerLike = T1->isAnyPointerType() || T1->isMemberPointerType() ||
T1->isNullPtrType();
bool T2IsPointerLike = T2->isAnyPointerType() || T2->isMemberPointerType() ||
T2->isNullPtrType();
if (!T1IsPointerLike && !T2IsPointerLike)
return QualType();
// - if both p1 and p2 are null pointer constants, std::nullptr_t;
// This can't actually happen, following the standard, but we also use this
// to implement the end of [expr.conv], which hits this case.
//
// - if either p1 or p2 is a null pointer constant, T2 or T1, respectively;
if (T1IsPointerLike &&
E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
if (ConvertArgs)
E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, T1->isMemberPointerType()
? CK_NullToMemberPointer
: CK_NullToPointer).get();
return T1;
}
if (T2IsPointerLike &&
E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
if (ConvertArgs)
E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, T2->isMemberPointerType()
? CK_NullToMemberPointer
: CK_NullToPointer).get();
return T2;
}
// Now both have to be pointers or member pointers.
if (!T1IsPointerLike || !T2IsPointerLike)
return QualType();
assert(!T1->isNullPtrType() && !T2->isNullPtrType() &&
"nullptr_t should be a null pointer constant");
struct Step {
enum Kind { Pointer, ObjCPointer, MemberPointer, Array } K;
// Qualifiers to apply under the step kind.
Qualifiers Quals;
/// The class for a pointer-to-member; a constant array type with a bound
/// (if any) for an array.
const Type *ClassOrBound;
Step(Kind K, const Type *ClassOrBound = nullptr)
: K(K), Quals(), ClassOrBound(ClassOrBound) {}
QualType rebuild(ASTContext &Ctx, QualType T) const {
T = Ctx.getQualifiedType(T, Quals);
switch (K) {
case Pointer:
return Ctx.getPointerType(T);
case MemberPointer:
return Ctx.getMemberPointerType(T, ClassOrBound);
case ObjCPointer:
return Ctx.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
case Array:
if (auto *CAT = cast_or_null<ConstantArrayType>(ClassOrBound))
return Ctx.getConstantArrayType(T, CAT->getSize(), nullptr,
ArrayType::Normal, 0);
else
return Ctx.getIncompleteArrayType(T, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
}
llvm_unreachable("unknown step kind");
}
};
SmallVector<Step, 8> Steps;
// - if T1 is "pointer to cv1 C1" and T2 is "pointer to cv2 C2", where C1
// is reference-related to C2 or C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3),
// the cv-combined type of T1 and T2 or the cv-combined type of T2 and T1,
// respectively;
// - if T1 is "pointer to member of C1 of type cv1 U1" and T2 is "pointer
// to member of C2 of type cv2 U2" for some non-function type U, where
// C1 is reference-related to C2 or C2 is reference-related to C1, the
// cv-combined type of T2 and T1 or the cv-combined type of T1 and T2,
// respectively;
// - if T1 and T2 are similar types (4.5), the cv-combined type of T1 and
// T2;
//
// Dismantle T1 and T2 to simultaneously determine whether they are similar
// and to prepare to form the cv-combined type if so.
QualType Composite1 = T1;
QualType Composite2 = T2;
unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0;
while (true) {
assert(!Composite1.isNull() && !Composite2.isNull());
Qualifiers Q1, Q2;
Composite1 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Composite1, Q1);
Composite2 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Composite2, Q2);
// Top-level qualifiers are ignored. Merge at all lower levels.
if (!Steps.empty()) {
// Find the qualifier union: (approximately) the unique minimal set of
// qualifiers that is compatible with both types.
Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRUMask(Q1.getCVRUQualifiers() |
Q2.getCVRUQualifiers());
// Under one level of pointer or pointer-to-member, we can change to an
// unambiguous compatible address space.
if (Q1.getAddressSpace() == Q2.getAddressSpace()) {
Quals.setAddressSpace(Q1.getAddressSpace());
} else if (Steps.size() == 1) {
bool MaybeQ1 = Q1.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Q2);
bool MaybeQ2 = Q2.isAddressSpaceSupersetOf(Q1);
if (MaybeQ1 == MaybeQ2)
return QualType(); // No unique best address space.
Quals.setAddressSpace(MaybeQ1 ? Q1.getAddressSpace()
: Q2.getAddressSpace());
} else {
return QualType();
}
// FIXME: In C, we merge __strong and none to __strong at the top level.
if (Q1.getObjCGCAttr() == Q2.getObjCGCAttr())
Quals.setObjCGCAttr(Q1.getObjCGCAttr());
else if (T1->isVoidPointerType() || T2->isVoidPointerType())
assert(Steps.size() == 1);
else
return QualType();
// Mismatched lifetime qualifiers never compatibly include each other.
if (Q1.getObjCLifetime() == Q2.getObjCLifetime())
Quals.setObjCLifetime(Q1.getObjCLifetime());
else if (T1->isVoidPointerType() || T2->isVoidPointerType())
assert(Steps.size() == 1);
else
return QualType();
Steps.back().Quals = Quals;
if (Q1 != Quals || Q2 != Quals)
NeedConstBefore = Steps.size() - 1;
}
// FIXME: Can we unify the following with UnwrapSimilarTypes?
const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2;
if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
(Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) {
Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType();
Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType();
Steps.emplace_back(Step::Pointer);
continue;
}
const ObjCObjectPointerType *ObjPtr1, *ObjPtr2;
if ((ObjPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) &&
(ObjPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())) {
Composite1 = ObjPtr1->getPointeeType();
Composite2 = ObjPtr2->getPointeeType();
Steps.emplace_back(Step::ObjCPointer);
continue;
}
const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2;
if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) &&
(MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) {
Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType();
Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType();
// At the top level, we can perform a base-to-derived pointer-to-member
// conversion:
//
// - [...] where C1 is reference-related to C2 or C2 is
// reference-related to C1
//
// (Note that the only kinds of reference-relatedness in scope here are
// "same type or derived from".) At any other level, the class must
// exactly match.
const Type *Class = nullptr;
QualType Cls1(MemPtr1->getClass(), 0);
QualType Cls2(MemPtr2->getClass(), 0);
if (Context.hasSameType(Cls1, Cls2))
Class = MemPtr1->getClass();
else if (Steps.empty())
Class = IsDerivedFrom(Loc, Cls1, Cls2) ? MemPtr1->getClass() :
IsDerivedFrom(Loc, Cls2, Cls1) ? MemPtr2->getClass() : nullptr;
if (!Class)
return QualType();
Steps.emplace_back(Step::MemberPointer, Class);
continue;
}
// Special case: at the top level, we can decompose an Objective-C pointer
// and a 'cv void *'. Unify the qualifiers.
if (Steps.empty() && ((Composite1->isVoidPointerType() &&
Composite2->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
(Composite1->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
Composite2->isVoidPointerType()))) {
Composite1 = Composite1->getPointeeType();
Composite2 = Composite2->getPointeeType();
Steps.emplace_back(Step::Pointer);
continue;
}
// FIXME: arrays
// FIXME: block pointer types?
// Cannot unwrap any more types.
break;
}
// - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to noexcept function" and the other type is
// "pointer to function", where the function types are otherwise the same,
// "pointer to function";
// - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to member of C1 of type function", the other
// type is "pointer to member of C2 of type noexcept function", and C1
// is reference-related to C2 or C2 is reference-related to C1, where
// the function types are otherwise the same, "pointer to member of C2 of
// type function" or "pointer to member of C1 of type function",
// respectively;
//
// We also support 'noreturn' here, so as a Clang extension we generalize the
// above to:
//
// - [Clang] If T1 and T2 are both of type "pointer to function" or
// "pointer to member function" and the pointee types can be unified
// by a function pointer conversion, that conversion is applied
// before checking the following rules.
//
// We've already unwrapped down to the function types, and we want to merge
// rather than just convert, so do this ourselves rather than calling
// IsFunctionConversion.
//
// FIXME: In order to match the standard wording as closely as possible, we
// currently only do this under a single level of pointers. Ideally, we would
// allow this in general, and set NeedConstBefore to the relevant depth on
// the side(s) where we changed anything. If we permit that, we should also
// consider this conversion when determining type similarity and model it as
// a qualification conversion.
if (Steps.size() == 1) {
if (auto *FPT1 = Composite1->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
if (auto *FPT2 = Composite2->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI1 = FPT1->getExtProtoInfo();
FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI2 = FPT2->getExtProtoInfo();
// The result is noreturn if both operands are.
bool Noreturn =
EPI1.ExtInfo.getNoReturn() && EPI2.ExtInfo.getNoReturn();
EPI1.ExtInfo = EPI1.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn);
EPI2.ExtInfo = EPI2.ExtInfo.withNoReturn(Noreturn);
// The result is nothrow if both operands are.
SmallVector<QualType, 8> ExceptionTypeStorage;
EPI1.ExceptionSpec = EPI2.ExceptionSpec =
mergeExceptionSpecs(*this, EPI1.ExceptionSpec, EPI2.ExceptionSpec,
ExceptionTypeStorage);
Composite1 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT1->getReturnType(),
FPT1->getParamTypes(), EPI1);
Composite2 = Context.getFunctionType(FPT2->getReturnType(),
FPT2->getParamTypes(), EPI2);
}
}
}
// There are some more conversions we can perform under exactly one pointer.
if (Steps.size() == 1 && Steps.front().K == Step::Pointer &&
!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) {
// - if T1 or T2 is "pointer to cv1 void" and the other type is
// "pointer to cv2 T", where T is an object type or void,
// "pointer to cv12 void", where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2;
if (Composite1->isVoidType() && Composite2->isObjectType())
Composite2 = Composite1;
else if (Composite2->isVoidType() && Composite1->isObjectType())
Composite1 = Composite2;
// - if T1 is "pointer to cv1 C1" and T2 is "pointer to cv2 C2", where C1
// is reference-related to C2 or C2 is reference-related to C1 (8.6.3),
// the cv-combined type of T1 and T2 or the cv-combined type of T2 and
// T1, respectively;
//
// The "similar type" handling covers all of this except for the "T1 is a
// base class of T2" case in the definition of reference-related.
else if (IsDerivedFrom(Loc, Composite1, Composite2))
Composite1 = Composite2;
else if (IsDerivedFrom(Loc, Composite2, Composite1))
Composite2 = Composite1;
}
// At this point, either the inner types are the same or we have failed to
// find a composite pointer type.
if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2))
return QualType();
// Per C++ [conv.qual]p3, add 'const' to every level before the last
// differing qualifier.
for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I)
Steps[I].Quals.addConst();
// Rebuild the composite type.
QualType Composite = Composite1;
for (auto &S : llvm::reverse(Steps))
Composite = S.rebuild(Context, Composite);
if (ConvertArgs) {
// Convert the expressions to the composite pointer type.
InitializedEntity Entity =
InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite);
InitializationKind Kind =
InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation());
InitializationSequence E1ToC(*this, Entity, Kind, E1);
if (!E1ToC)
return QualType();
InitializationSequence E2ToC(*this, Entity, Kind, E2);
if (!E2ToC)
return QualType();
// FIXME: Let the caller know if these fail to avoid duplicate diagnostics.
ExprResult E1Result = E1ToC.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, E1);
if (E1Result.isInvalid())
return QualType();
E1 = E1Result.get();
ExprResult E2Result = E2ToC.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, E2);
if (E2Result.isInvalid())
return QualType();
E2 = E2Result.get();
}
return Composite;
}
ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) {
if (!E)
return ExprError();
assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?");
// If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it.
if (E->isGLValue())
return E;
// In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained,
// in which case we have to insert a consuming cast.
if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) {
bool ReturnsRetained;
// For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the
// called value.
if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) {
Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens();
QualType T = Callee->getType();
if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
// Handle pointer-to-members.
if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee))
T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType();
else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee))
T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType();
}
if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>())
T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>())
T = Ptr->getPointeeType();
else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
T = MemPtr->getPointeeType();
auto *FTy = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult();
// ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable
// type always produce a +1 object.
} else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) {
ReturnsRetained = true;
// We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization;
// we don't want any extra casts here.
} else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) &&
isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) {
return E;
// For message sends and property references, we try to find an
// actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in
// cases where we don't have an actual method.
} else {
ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr;
if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) {
D = Send->getMethodDecl();
} else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) {
D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod();
} else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) {
// Don't do reclaims if we're using the zero-element array
// constant.
if (ArrayLit->getNumElements() == 0 &&
Context.getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.hasEmptyCollections())
return E;
D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod();
} else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit
= dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) {
// Don't do reclaims if we're using the zero-element dictionary
// constant.
if (DictLit->getNumElements() == 0 &&
Context.getLangOpts().ObjCRuntime.hasEmptyCollections())
return E;
D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod();
}
ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>());
// Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their
// return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually
// return an object.
if (!ReturnsRetained &&
D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector)
return E;
}
// Don't reclaim an object of Class type.
if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType())
return E;
Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject
: CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject);
return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr,
VK_PRValue, FPOptionsOverride());
}
if (E->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct)
Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
return E;
// Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with
// a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType.
const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr());
const RecordType *RT = nullptr;
while (!RT) {
switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
case Type::Record:
RT = cast<RecordType>(T);
break;
case Type::ConstantArray:
case Type::IncompleteArray:
case Type::VariableArray:
case Type::DependentSizedArray:
T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr();
break;
default:
return E;
}
}
// That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're
// not processing a decltype expression.
CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext())
return E;
bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext ==
ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Decltype;
CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD);
if (Destructor) {
MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
<< E->getType());
if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc()))
return ExprError();
// If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy.
if (Destructor->isTrivial())
return E;
// We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
}
CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor);
CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E);
if (IsDecltype)
ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind);
return Bind;
}
ExprResult
Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) {
if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get());
}
Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) {
assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!");
CleanupVarDeclMarking();
unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects;
assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup);
assert(Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() ||
ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup);
if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups())
return SubExpr;
auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup,
ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup);
auto *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(
Context, SubExpr, Cleanup.cleanupsHaveSideEffects(), Cleanups);
DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
return E;
}
Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) {
assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!");
CleanupVarDeclMarking();
if (!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups())
return SubStmt;
// FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into
// a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements.
// This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or
// a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries.
CompoundStmt *CompStmt = CompoundStmt::Create(
Context, SubStmt, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation());
Expr *E = new (Context)
StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
/*FIXME TemplateDepth=*/0);
return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E);
}
/// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions,
/// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and
/// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the
/// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression.
ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) {
assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext ==
ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Decltype &&
"not in a decltype expression");
ExprResult Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
if (Result.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
E = Result.get();
// C++11 [expr.call]p11:
// If a function call is a prvalue of object type,
// -- if the function call is either
// -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or
// -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a
// decltype-specifier,
// a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue.
// Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the
// outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any.
if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) {
ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr());
if (SubExpr.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr())
return E;
return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get());
}
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS());
if (RHS.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS())
return E;
return BinaryOperator::Create(Context, BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma,
BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(),
BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(),
BO->getFPFeatures(getLangOpts()));
}
}
CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E);
CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr())
: nullptr;
if (TopCall)
E = TopCall;
else
TopBind = nullptr;
// Disable the special decltype handling now.
ExprEvalContexts.back().ExprContext =
ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord::EK_Other;
Result = CheckUnevaluatedOperand(E);
if (Result.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
E = Result.get();
// In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a
// decltype expression.
if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
return E;
// Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point.
for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size();
I != N; ++I) {
CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I];
if (Call == TopCall)
continue;
if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context),
Call->getBeginLoc(), Call, Call->getDirectCallee()))
return ExprError();
}
// Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible
// and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries.
for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size();
I != N; ++I) {
CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind =
ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I];
if (Bind == TopBind)
continue;
CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary();
CXXRecordDecl *RD =
Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD);
Temp->setDestructor(Destructor);
MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor);
CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor,
PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp)
<< Bind->getType());
if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc()))
return ExprError();
// We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary.
Cleanup.setExprNeedsCleanups(true);
}
// Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr.
return E;
}
/// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access.
static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S,
ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) {
unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0;
// FIXME: Make this configurable?
unsigned Limit = 9;
if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) {
// Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note.
SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2;
SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1);
}
for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) {
if (I == SkipStart) {
S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(),
diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed)
<< SkipCount;
I += SkipCount;
} else {
S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here)
<< OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType();
++I;
}
}
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
SourceLocation OpLoc,
tok::TokenKind OpKind,
ParsedType &ObjectType,
bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) {
// Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
Base = Result.get();
Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
Base = Result.get();
QualType BaseType = Base->getType();
MayBePseudoDestructor = false;
if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
// If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator,
// the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still
// have enough information about that type to do something useful.
if (OpKind == tok::arrow)
if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
return Base;
}
// C++ [over.match.oper]p8:
// [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value
// returned, with the original second operand.
if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
QualType StartingType = BaseType;
bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false;
bool FirstIteration = true;
FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext);
// The set of types we've considered so far.
llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes;
SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows;
CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType));
while (BaseType->isRecordType()) {
if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded)
<< StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange();
noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth)
<< getLangOpts().ArrowDepth;
return ExprError();
}
Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(
S, Base, OpLoc,
// When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration,
// potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a
// separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here
// and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself.
(FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
? nullptr
: &NoArrowOperatorFound);
if (Result.isInvalid()) {
if (NoArrowOperatorFound) {
if (FirstIteration) {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
<< BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange()
<< FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
OpKind = tok::period;
break;
}
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
<< BaseType << Base->getSourceRange();
CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base);
if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) {
Diag(CD->getBeginLoc(),
diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow);
}
}
return ExprError();
}
Base = Result.get();
if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base))
OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee());
BaseType = Base->getType();
CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType);
if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType;
noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows);
return ExprError();
}
FirstIteration = false;
}
if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
if (BaseType->isPointerType())
BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
else if (auto *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(BaseType))
BaseType = AT->getElementType();
}
}
// Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types,
// so adjust the base type to the object type itself.
if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType();
// C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
// [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar
// type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete
// postfix-expression.
//
// This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name.
// Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor
// expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and
// it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor
// call. We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process,
// so just skip this check for ObjC types.
if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) {
ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
MayBePseudoDestructor = true;
return Base;
}
// The object type must be complete (or dependent), or
// C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3:
// Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to
// be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside
// the member function body.
if (!BaseType->isDependentType() &&
!isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) &&
RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access))
return ExprError();
// C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2:
// If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an
// unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class
// type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked
// up in the scope of class C. [...]
ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType);
return Base;
}
static bool CheckArrow(Sema &S, QualType &ObjectType, Expr *&Base,
tok::TokenKind &OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) {
ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base);
if (result.isInvalid()) return true;
Base = result.get();
}
ObjectType = Base->getType();
// C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
// The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The
// left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type.
// This scalar type is the object type.
// Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the
// arrow operator.
if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
// The operator requires a prvalue, so perform lvalue conversions.
// Only do this if we might plausibly end with a pointer, as otherwise
// this was likely to be intended to be a '.'.
if (ObjectType->isPointerType() || ObjectType->isArrayType() ||
ObjectType->isFunctionType()) {
ExprResult BaseResult = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Base);
if (BaseResult.isInvalid())
return true;
Base = BaseResult.get();
ObjectType = Base->getType();
}
if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType();
} else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) {
// The user wrote "p->" when they probably meant "p."; fix it.
S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
<< ObjectType << true
<< FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, ".");
if (S.isSFINAEContext())
return true;
OpKind = tok::period;
}
}
return false;
}
/// Check if it's ok to try and recover dot pseudo destructor calls on
/// pointer objects.
static bool
canRecoverDotPseudoDestructorCallsOnPointerObjects(Sema &SemaRef,
QualType DestructedType) {
// If this is a record type, check if its destructor is callable.
if (auto *RD = DestructedType->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
if (RD->hasDefinition())
if (CXXDestructorDecl *D = SemaRef.LookupDestructor(RD))
return SemaRef.CanUseDecl(D, /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false);
return false;
}
// Otherwise, check if it's a type for which it's valid to use a pseudo-dtor.
return DestructedType->isDependentType() || DestructedType->isScalarType() ||
DestructedType->isVectorType();
}
ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
SourceLocation OpLoc,
tok::TokenKind OpKind,
const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo,
SourceLocation CCLoc,
SourceLocation TildeLoc,
PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) {
TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo();
QualType ObjectType;
if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
return ExprError();
if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() &&
!ObjectType->isVectorType()) {
if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType())
Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange();
else {
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar)
<< ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange();
return ExprError();
}
}
// C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
// [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type
// designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type.
if (DestructedTypeInfo) {
QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType();
SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart
= DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin();
if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) {
if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) {
// Detect dot pseudo destructor calls on pointer objects, e.g.:
// Foo *foo;
// foo.~Foo();
if (OpKind == tok::period && ObjectType->isPointerType() &&
Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType,
ObjectType->getPointeeType())) {
auto Diagnostic =
Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion)
<< ObjectType << /*IsArrow=*/0 << Base->getSourceRange();
// Issue a fixit only when the destructor is valid.
if (canRecoverDotPseudoDestructorCallsOnPointerObjects(
*this, DestructedType))
Diagnostic << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "->");
// Recover by setting the object type to the destructed type and the
// operator to '->'.
ObjectType = DestructedType;
OpKind = tok::arrow;
} else {
Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
<< ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
<< DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
// Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
DestructedType = ObjectType;
DestructedTypeInfo =
Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, DestructedTypeStart);
Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
}
} else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() !=
ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) {
if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
// Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified
// type.
} else {
Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals)
<< ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange()
<< DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
}
// Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type.
DestructedType = ObjectType;
DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType,
DestructedTypeStart);
Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
}
}
}
// C++ [expr.pseudo]p2:
// [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the
// form
//
// ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name
//
// shall designate the same scalar type.
if (ScopeTypeInfo) {
QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType();
if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() &&
!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) {
Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(),
diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch)
<< ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange()
<< ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();
ScopeType = QualType();
ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
}
}
Expr *Result
= new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base,
OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc,
SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
ScopeTypeInfo,
CCLoc,
TildeLoc,
Destructed);
return Result;
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
SourceLocation OpLoc,
tok::TokenKind OpKind,
CXXScopeSpec &SS,
UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
SourceLocation CCLoc,
SourceLocation TildeLoc,
UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) {
assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||
FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) &&
"Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor");
assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||
SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) &&
"Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor");
QualType ObjectType;
if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
return ExprError();
// Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only
// record types and dependent types matter.
ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup;
if (!SS.isSet()) {
if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType);
else if (ObjectType->isDependentType())
ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy);
}
// Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a
// type (with source-location information).
QualType DestructedType;
TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr;
PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed;
if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier,
SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup,
/*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
if (!T &&
((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) ||
(!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) {
// The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we
// couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and
// it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at
// template instantiation time.
Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier,
SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
} else if (!T) {
Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation,
diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
<< SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
if (isSFINAEContext())
return ExprError();
// Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
DestructedType = ObjectType;
} else
DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo);
} else {
// Resolve the template-id to a type.
TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId;
ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
TemplateId->NumArgs);
TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(S,
SS,
TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
TemplateId->Template,
TemplateId->Name,
TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
TemplateArgsPtr,
TemplateId->RAngleLoc,
/*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
// Recover by assuming we had the right type all along.
DestructedType = ObjectType;
} else
DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo);
}
// If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source
// information.
if (!DestructedType.isNull()) {
if (!DestructedTypeInfo)
DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType,
SecondTypeName.StartLocation);
Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo);
}
// Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type.
TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr;
QualType ScopeType;
if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId ||
FirstTypeName.Identifier) {
if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier,
FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup,
/*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
if (!T) {
Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation,
diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type)
<< FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType;
if (isSFINAEContext())
return ExprError();
// Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway.
ScopeType = QualType();
} else
ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo);
} else {
// Resolve the template-id to a type.
TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId;
ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
TemplateId->NumArgs);
TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(S,
SS,
TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
TemplateId->Template,
TemplateId->Name,
TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
TemplateId->LAngleLoc,
TemplateArgsPtr,
TemplateId->RAngleLoc,
/*IsCtorOrDtorName*/true);
if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) {
// Recover by dropping this type.
ScopeType = QualType();
} else
ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo);
}
}
if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo)
ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType,
FirstTypeName.StartLocation);
return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS,
ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc,
Destructed);
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
SourceLocation OpLoc,
tok::TokenKind OpKind,
SourceLocation TildeLoc,
const DeclSpec& DS) {
QualType ObjectType;
if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc))
return ExprError();
if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype_auto) {
Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_decltype_auto_invalid);
return true;
}
QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(),
false);
TypeLocBuilder TLB;
DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T);
DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T);
PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo);
return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(),
nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc,
Destructed);
}
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
CXXConversionDecl *Method,
bool HadMultipleCandidates) {
// Convert the expression to match the conversion function's implicit object
// parameter.
ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr,
FoundDecl, Method);
if (Exp.isInvalid())
return true;
if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() &&
Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
// This is a lambda conversion to block pointer; check if the argument
// was a LambdaExpr.
Expr *SubE = E;
CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE);
if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
SubE = CE->getSubExpr();
SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens();
if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE))
SubE = BE->getSubExpr();
if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) {
// For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we
// construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make
// a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal
// follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being
// autoreleased.
PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
ExpressionEvaluationContext::PotentiallyEvaluated);
ExprResult BlockExp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(
Exp.get()->getExprLoc(), Exp.get()->getExprLoc(), Method, Exp.get());
PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
// FIXME: This note should be produced by a CodeSynthesisContext.
if (BlockExp.isInvalid())
Diag(Exp.get()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv);
return BlockExp;
}
}
MemberExpr *ME =
BuildMemberExpr(Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(),
NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), Method,
DeclAccessPair::make(FoundDecl, FoundDecl->getAccess()),
HadMultipleCandidates, DeclarationNameInfo(),
Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_PRValue, OK_Ordinary);
QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType();
ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType);
ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context);
CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = CXXMemberCallExpr::Create(
Context, ME, /*Args=*/{}, ResultType, VK, Exp.get()->getEndLoc(),
CurFPFeatureOverrides());
if (CheckFunctionCall(Method, CE,
Method->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>()))
return ExprError();
return CheckForImmediateInvocation(CE, CE->getMethodDecl());
}
ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
SourceLocation RParen) {
// If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill-
// formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used
// without arguments except in explicit contexts.
ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand);
if (R.isInvalid())
return R;
R = CheckUnevaluatedOperand(R.get());
if (R.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
Operand = R.get();
if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !Operand->isInstantiationDependent() &&
Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) {
// The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression
// context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences.
Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context);
}
CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand);
return new (Context)
CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen);
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation,
Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) {
return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen);
}
static void MaybeDecrementCount(
Expr *E, llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, int> &RefsMinusAssignments) {
DeclRefExpr *LHS = nullptr;
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
if (BO->getLHS()->getType()->isDependentType() ||
BO->getRHS()->getType()->isDependentType()) {
if (BO->getOpcode() != BO_Assign)
return;
} else if (!BO->isAssignmentOp())
return;
LHS = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(BO->getLHS());
} else if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *COCE = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
if (COCE->getOperator() != OO_Equal)
return;
LHS = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(COCE->getArg(0));
}
if (!LHS)
return;
VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(LHS->getDecl());
if (!VD)
return;
auto iter = RefsMinusAssignments.find(VD);
if (iter == RefsMinusAssignments.end())
return;
iter->getSecond()--;
}
/// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a
/// context that ignores the result.
ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) {
MaybeDecrementCount(E, RefsMinusAssignments);
if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) {
ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
if (result.isInvalid()) return E;
E = result.get();
}
// C99 6.3.2.1:
// [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have
// array type is converted to the value stored in the
// designated object (and is no longer an lvalue).
if (E->isPRValue()) {
// In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type)
// are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay
// on them. This is both technically correct and convenient for
// some clients.
if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType())
return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
return E;
}
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
// The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression;
// normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a
// volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue
// conversion.
if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isReadIfDiscardedInCPlusPlus11()) {
ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E);
if (Res.isInvalid())
return E;
E = Res.get();
} else {
// Per C++2a [expr.ass]p5, a volatile assignment is not deprecated if
// it occurs as a discarded-value expression.
CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment(E);
}
// C++1z:
// If the expression is a prvalue after this optional conversion, the
// temporary materialization conversion is applied.
//
// We skip this step: IR generation is able to synthesize the storage for
// itself in the aggregate case, and adding the extra node to the AST is
// just clutter.
// FIXME: We don't emit lifetime markers for the temporaries due to this.
// FIXME: Do any other AST consumers care about this?
return E;
}
// GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type.
if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) {
if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) {
// FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug!
E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get();
return E;
}
}
ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
if (Res.isInvalid())
return E;
E = Res.get();
if (!E->getType()->isVoidType())
RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(),
diag::err_incomplete_type);
return E;
}
ExprResult Sema::CheckUnevaluatedOperand(Expr *E) {
// Per C++2a [expr.ass]p5, a volatile assignment is not deprecated if
// it occurs as an unevaluated operand.
CheckUnusedVolatileAssignment(E);
return E;
}
// If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used
// in a constant expression, return true.
// - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then
// we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression.
// - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether
// it can be used to initialize a constant expression. If Init can not
// be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can
// never be a constant expression.
// - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and
// identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor:
// - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new
// delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc...
static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var,
ASTContext &Context) {
if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true;
const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr;
// If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression.
if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true;
assert(DefVD);
if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false;
EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt();
Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value);
if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) {
// FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts
// of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the
// initializer is a potential constant expression.
return false;
}
return !Var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context);
}
/// Check if the current lambda has any potential captures
/// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to
/// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested
/// potential-capture, go ahead and do so. Also, check to see if any
/// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not
/// need to be captured.
static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(
Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) {
assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext());
assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext());
#ifndef NDEBUG
DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC))
DC = DC->getParent();
assert(
CurrentLSI->CallOperator == DC &&
"The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext");
#endif // NDEBUG
const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent();
// All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested
// lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an
// outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context.
CurrentLSI->visitPotentialCaptures([&] (VarDecl *Var, Expr *VarExpr) {
// If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full
// expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not
// need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures.
// For e.g.:
// Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured.
// int test() {
// const int x = 10;
// auto L = [=](auto a) {
// (void) +x + a;
// };
// }
if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) &&
!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent)
return;
// If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and
// capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
S.FunctionScopes, Var, S))
S.MarkCaptureUsedInEnclosingContext(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(),
Index.getValue());
const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression =
VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context);
if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) {
// This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable
// can not be used in a constant expression - which means
// this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a
// capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable.
// This is purely for diagnosing errors early. Otherwise, this
// error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready.
QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType;
SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc();
if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
/*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
/*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType,
DeclRefType, nullptr)) {
// We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need
// to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it.
S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit,
/*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(),
/*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType,
DeclRefType, nullptr);
}
}
});
// Check if 'this' needs to be captured.
if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) {
// If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture
// 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas).
if (const Optional<unsigned> Index =
getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda(
S.FunctionScopes, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) {
const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue();
S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation,
/*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true,
&FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda);
}
}
// Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression.
CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures();
}
static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef,
const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer,
const TypoCorrection &TC) {
LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(),
Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind());
const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS();
CXXScopeSpec NewSS;
// Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr.
if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange());
else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier())
NewSS = *SS;
if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) {
R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName());
R.addDecl(ND);
if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) {
// Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult.
CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier())
Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
if (!Record)
Record =
dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext());
if (Record)
R.setNamingClass(Record);
// Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit
// member.
bool MightBeImplicitMember;
if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand())
MightBeImplicitMember = true;
else if (!NewSS.isEmpty())
MightBeImplicitMember = false;
else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
MightBeImplicitMember = false;
else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
MightBeImplicitMember = true;
else
MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) ||
isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) ||
isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND);
if (MightBeImplicitMember)
return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(
NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R,
/*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr);
} else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) {
return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(),
Ivar->getIdentifier());
}
}
return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false,
/*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true);
}
namespace {
class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> {
llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs;
public:
explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs)
: TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {}
bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) {
TypoExprs.insert(TE);
return true;
}
};
class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> {
typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform;
VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the
// process of being initialized.
llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter;
llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs;
llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache;
llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution;
/// Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered.
///
/// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should
/// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest
/// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection).
///
/// If we've failed to correct due to ambiguous corrections, we need to
/// be sure to pass empty corrections and replacements. Otherwise it's
/// possible that the Consumer has a TypoCorrection that failed to ambiguity
/// and we don't want to report those diagnostics.
void EmitAllDiagnostics(bool IsAmbiguous) {
for (TypoExpr *TE : TypoExprs) {
auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
if (State.DiagHandler) {
TypoCorrection TC = IsAmbiguous
? TypoCorrection() : State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection();
ExprResult Replacement = IsAmbiguous ? ExprError() : TransformCache[TE];
// Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the
// TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right
// NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload
// resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that
// had been stored in the TypoCorrection.
if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr(
Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get()))
TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND);
State.DiagHandler(TC);
}
SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE);
}
}
/// Try to advance the typo correction state of the first unfinished TypoExpr.
/// We allow advancement of the correction stream by removing it from the
/// TransformCache which allows `TransformTypoExpr` to advance during the
/// next transformation attempt.
///
/// Any substitution attempts for the previous TypoExprs (which must have been
/// finished) will need to be retried since it's possible that they will now
/// be invalid given the latest advancement.
///
/// We need to be sure that we're making progress - it's possible that the
/// tree is so malformed that the transform never makes it to the
/// `TransformTypoExpr`.
///
/// Returns true if there are any untried correction combinations.
bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() {
for (auto TE : TypoExprs) {
auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE);
TransformCache.erase(TE);
if (!State.Consumer->hasMadeAnyCorrectionProgress())
return false;
if (!State.Consumer->finished())
return true;
State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
}
return false;
}
NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) {
if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E))
E = OverloadResolution[OE];
if (!E)
return nullptr;
if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E))
return DRE->getFoundDecl();
if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
return ME->getFoundDecl();
// FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo
// correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could
// contain multiple decls.
return nullptr;
}
ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) {
Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E);
if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
return ExprFilter(Res.get());
}
// Since correcting typos may intoduce new TypoExprs, this function
// checks for new TypoExprs and recurses if it finds any. Note that it will
// only succeed if it is able to correct all typos in the given expression.
ExprResult CheckForRecursiveTypos(ExprResult Res, bool &IsAmbiguous) {
if (Res.isInvalid()) {
return Res;
}
// Check to see if any new TypoExprs were created. If so, we need to recurse
// to check their validity.
Expr *FixedExpr = Res.get();
auto SavedTypoExprs = std::move(TypoExprs);
auto SavedAmbiguousTypoExprs = std::move(AmbiguousTypoExprs);
TypoExprs.clear();
AmbiguousTypoExprs.clear();
FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(FixedExpr);
if (!TypoExprs.empty()) {
// Recurse to handle newly created TypoExprs. If we're not able to
// handle them, discard these TypoExprs.
ExprResult RecurResult =
RecursiveTransformLoop(FixedExpr, IsAmbiguous);
if (RecurResult.isInvalid()) {
Res = ExprError();
// Recursive corrections didn't work, wipe them away and don't add
// them to the TypoExprs set. Remove them from Sema's TypoExpr list
// since we don't want to clear them twice. Note: it's possible the
// TypoExprs were created recursively and thus won't be in our
// Sema's TypoExprs - they were created in our `RecursiveTransformLoop`.
auto &SemaTypoExprs = SemaRef.TypoExprs;
for (auto TE : TypoExprs) {
TransformCache.erase(TE);
SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE);
auto SI = find(SemaTypoExprs, TE);
if (SI != SemaTypoExprs.end()) {
SemaTypoExprs.erase(SI);
}
}
} else {
// TypoExpr is valid: add newly created TypoExprs since we were
// able to correct them.
Res = RecurResult;
SavedTypoExprs.set_union(TypoExprs);
}
}
TypoExprs = std::move(SavedTypoExprs);
AmbiguousTypoExprs = std::move(SavedAmbiguousTypoExprs);
return Res;
}
// Try to transform the given expression, looping through the correction
// candidates with `CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams`.
//
// If valid ambiguous typo corrections are seen, `IsAmbiguous` is set to
// true and this method immediately will return an `ExprError`.
ExprResult RecursiveTransformLoop(Expr *E, bool &IsAmbiguous) {
ExprResult Res;
auto SavedTypoExprs = std::move(SemaRef.TypoExprs);
SemaRef.TypoExprs.clear();
while (true) {
Res = CheckForRecursiveTypos(TryTransform(E), IsAmbiguous);
// Recursion encountered an ambiguous correction. This means that our
// correction itself is ambiguous, so stop now.
if (IsAmbiguous)
break;
// If the transform is still valid after checking for any new typos,
// it's good to go.
if (!Res.isInvalid())
break;
// The transform was invalid, see if we have any TypoExprs with untried
// correction candidates.
if (!CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams())
break;
}
// If we found a valid result, double check to make sure it's not ambiguous.
if (!IsAmbiguous && !Res.isInvalid() && !AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) {
auto SavedTransformCache =
llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2>(TransformCache);
// Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates
// with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters.
while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) {
auto TE = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back();
// TryTransform itself can create new Typos, adding them to the TypoExpr map
// and invalidating our TypoExprState, so always fetch it instead of storing.
SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE).Consumer->saveCurrentPosition();
TypoCorrection TC = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE).Consumer->peekNextCorrection();
TypoCorrection Next;
do {
// Fetch the next correction by erasing the typo from the cache and calling
// `TryTransform` which will iterate through corrections in
// `TransformTypoExpr`.
TransformCache.erase(TE);
ExprResult AmbigRes = CheckForRecursiveTypos(TryTransform(E), IsAmbiguous);
if (!AmbigRes.isInvalid() || IsAmbiguous) {
SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE).Consumer->resetCorrectionStream();
SavedTransformCache.erase(TE);
Res = ExprError();
IsAmbiguous = true;
break;
}
} while ((Next = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE).Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) &&
Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false));
if (IsAmbiguous)
break;
AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE);
SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE).Consumer->restoreSavedPosition();
TransformCache[TE] = SavedTransformCache[TE];
}
TransformCache = std::move(SavedTransformCache);
}
// Wipe away any newly created TypoExprs that we don't know about. Since we
// clear any invalid TypoExprs in `CheckForRecursiveTypos`, this is only
// possible if a `TypoExpr` is created during a transformation but then
// fails before we can discover it.
auto &SemaTypoExprs = SemaRef.TypoExprs;
for (auto Iterator = SemaTypoExprs.begin(); Iterator != SemaTypoExprs.end();) {
auto TE = *Iterator;
auto FI = find(TypoExprs, TE);
if (FI != TypoExprs.end()) {
Iterator++;
continue;
}
SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE);
Iterator = SemaTypoExprs.erase(Iterator);
}
SemaRef.TypoExprs = std::move(SavedTypoExprs);
return Res;
}
public:
TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter)
: BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {}
ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
MultiExprArg Args,
SourceLocation RParenLoc,
Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) {
auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args,
RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) {
if (Result.isUsable()) {
Expr *ResultCall = Result.get();
if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall))
ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr();
if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall))
OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee();
}
}
return Result;
}
ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); }
ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) {
bool IsAmbiguous = false;
ExprResult Res = RecursiveTransformLoop(E, IsAmbiguous);
if (!Res.isUsable())
FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E);
EmitAllDiagnostics(IsAmbiguous);
return Res;
}
ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) {
// If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the
// cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the
// first one that was encountered.
auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E];
if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) {
return CacheEntry;
}
auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E);
assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr");
// For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely
// typo correction and return it.
while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) {
if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl)
continue;
// FIXME: If we would typo-correct to an invalid declaration, it's
// probably best to just suppress all errors from this typo correction.
ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ?
State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) :
attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC);
if (!NE.isInvalid()) {
// Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same
// edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous
// correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later.
TypoCorrection Next;
if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) &&
Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) {
AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E);
} else {
AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E);
}
assert(!NE.isUnset() &&
"Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult");
return CacheEntry = NE;
}
}
return CacheEntry = ExprError();
}
};
}
ExprResult
Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl,
bool RecoverUncorrectedTypos,
llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
// If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos
// and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to
// resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression.
if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos &&
(E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() ||
E->isInstantiationDependent())) {
auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size();
auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E);
TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size();
if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) {
ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved;
if (Result.isInvalid() && RecoverUncorrectedTypos) {
struct TyposReplace : TreeTransform<TyposReplace> {
TyposReplace(Sema &SemaRef) : TreeTransform(SemaRef) {}
ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(clang::TypoExpr *E) {
return this->SemaRef.CreateRecoveryExpr(E->getBeginLoc(),
E->getEndLoc(), {});
}
} TT(*this);
return TT.TransformExpr(E);
}
return Result;
}
assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?");
}
return E;
}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC,
bool DiscardedValue,
bool IsConstexpr) {
ExprResult FullExpr = FE;
if (!FullExpr.get())
return ExprError();
if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get()))
return ExprError();
if (DiscardedValue) {
// Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType());
if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
}
FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get());
if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get());
if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(FullExpr.get());
}
FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get(), /*InitDecl=*/nullptr,
/*RecoverUncorrectedTypos=*/true);
if (FullExpr.isInvalid())
return ExprError();
CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr);
// At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested
// lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda,
// have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it.
// Consider the following code:
// void f(int, int);
// void f(const int&, double);
// void foo() {
// const int x = 10, y = 20;
// auto L = [=](auto a) {
// auto M = [=](auto b) {
// f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M
// f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms
// };
// };
// }
// FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves
// the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures:
// void f() {
// const int n = 0;
// auto L = [&](auto a) {
// +n + ({ 0; a; });
// };
// }
//
// Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't
// capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures),
// and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late
// for us to see that we need to capture n after all.
LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI =
getCurLambda(/*IgnoreCapturedRegions=*/true);
// FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer
// even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report
// for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony.
// By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator
// we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture
// if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that
// PR, a proper fix would entail :
// "Alternative suggestion:
// - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope
// index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to
// FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's
// constructor/destructor.
// - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to
// stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope."
DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
while (DC && isa<CapturedDecl>(DC))
DC = DC->getParent();
const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(DC);
if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI &&
CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid())
CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI,
*this);
return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr);
}
StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) {
if (!FullStmt) return StmtError();
return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt);
}
Sema::IfExistsResult
Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S,
CXXScopeSpec &SS,
const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) {
DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName();
if (!TargetName)
return IER_DoesNotExist;
// If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent.
if (TargetName.isDependentName())
return IER_Dependent;
// Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope.
LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName,
Sema::NotForRedeclaration);
LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
R.suppressDiagnostics();
switch (R.getResultKind()) {
case LookupResult::Found:
case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
return IER_Exists;
case LookupResult::NotFound:
return IER_DoesNotExist;
case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
return IER_Dependent;
}
llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!");
}
Sema::IfExistsResult
Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
UnqualifiedId &Name) {
DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name);
// Check for an unexpanded parameter pack.
auto UPPC = IsIfExists ? UPPC_IfExists : UPPC_IfNotExists;
if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SS, UPPC) ||
DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TargetNameInfo, UPPC))
return IER_Error;
return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo);
}
concepts::Requirement *Sema::ActOnSimpleRequirement(Expr *E) {
return BuildExprRequirement(E, /*IsSimple=*/true,
/*NoexceptLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
/*ReturnTypeRequirement=*/{});
}
concepts::Requirement *
Sema::ActOnTypeRequirement(SourceLocation TypenameKWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *TypeName,
TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId) {
assert(((!TypeName && TemplateId) || (TypeName && !TemplateId)) &&
"Exactly one of TypeName and TemplateId must be specified.");
TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
if (TypeName) {
QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_Typename, TypenameKWLoc,
SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), *TypeName,
NameLoc, &TSI, /*DeducedTypeContext=*/false);
if (T.isNull())
return nullptr;
} else {
ASTTemplateArgsPtr ArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
TemplateId->NumArgs);
TypeResult T = ActOnTypenameType(CurScope, TypenameKWLoc, SS,
TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc,
TemplateId->Template, TemplateId->Name,
TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc,
TemplateId->LAngleLoc, ArgsPtr,
TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
if (T.isInvalid())
return nullptr;
if (GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &TSI).isNull())
return nullptr;
}
return BuildTypeRequirement(TSI);
}
concepts::Requirement *
Sema::ActOnCompoundRequirement(Expr *E, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc) {
return BuildExprRequirement(E, /*IsSimple=*/false, NoexceptLoc,
/*ReturnTypeRequirement=*/{});
}
concepts::Requirement *
Sema::ActOnCompoundRequirement(
Expr *E, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
TemplateIdAnnotation *TypeConstraint, unsigned Depth) {
// C++2a [expr.prim.req.compound] p1.3.3
// [..] the expression is deduced against an invented function template
// F [...] F is a void function template with a single type template
// parameter T declared with the constrained-parameter. Form a new
// cv-qualifier-seq cv by taking the union of const and volatile specifiers
// around the constrained-parameter. F has a single parameter whose
// type-specifier is cv T followed by the abstract-declarator. [...]
//
// The cv part is done in the calling function - we get the concept with
// arguments and the abstract declarator with the correct CV qualification and
// have to synthesize T and the single parameter of F.
auto &II = Context.Idents.get("expr-type");
auto *TParam = TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
SourceLocation(),
SourceLocation(), Depth,
/*Index=*/0, &II,
/*Typename=*/true,
/*ParameterPack=*/false,
/*HasTypeConstraint=*/true);
if (BuildTypeConstraint(SS, TypeConstraint, TParam,
/*EllpsisLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
/*AllowUnexpandedPack=*/true))
// Just produce a requirement with no type requirements.
return BuildExprRequirement(E, /*IsSimple=*/false, NoexceptLoc, {});
auto *TPL = TemplateParameterList::Create(Context, SourceLocation(),
SourceLocation(),
ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>(TParam),
SourceLocation(),
/*RequiresClause=*/nullptr);
return BuildExprRequirement(
E, /*IsSimple=*/false, NoexceptLoc,
concepts::ExprRequirement::ReturnTypeRequirement(TPL));
}
concepts::ExprRequirement *
Sema::BuildExprRequirement(
Expr *E, bool IsSimple, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc,
concepts::ExprRequirement::ReturnTypeRequirement ReturnTypeRequirement) {
auto Status = concepts::ExprRequirement::SS_Satisfied;
ConceptSpecializationExpr *SubstitutedConstraintExpr = nullptr;
if (E->isInstantiationDependent() || ReturnTypeRequirement.isDependent())
Status = concepts::ExprRequirement::SS_Dependent;
else if (NoexceptLoc.isValid() && canThrow(E) == CanThrowResult::CT_Can)
Status = concepts::ExprRequirement::SS_NoexceptNotMet;
else if (ReturnTypeRequirement.isSubstitutionFailure())
Status = concepts::ExprRequirement::SS_TypeRequirementSubstitutionFailure;
else if (ReturnTypeRequirement.isTypeConstraint()) {
// C++2a [expr.prim.req]p1.3.3
// The immediately-declared constraint ([temp]) of decltype((E)) shall
// be satisfied.
TemplateParameterList *TPL =
ReturnTypeRequirement.getTypeConstraintTemplateParameterList();
QualType MatchedType =
Context.getReferenceQualifiedType(E).getCanonicalType();
llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 1> Args;
Args.push_back(TemplateArgument(MatchedType));
TemplateArgumentList TAL(TemplateArgumentList::OnStack, Args);
MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList MLTAL(TAL);
for (unsigned I = 0; I < TPL->getDepth(); ++I)
MLTAL.addOuterRetainedLevel();
Expr *IDC =
cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(TPL->getParam(0))->getTypeConstraint()
->getImmediatelyDeclaredConstraint();
ExprResult Constraint = SubstExpr(IDC, MLTAL);
assert(!Constraint.isInvalid() &&
"Substitution cannot fail as it is simply putting a type template "
"argument into a concept specialization expression's parameter.");
SubstitutedConstraintExpr =
cast<ConceptSpecializationExpr>(Constraint.get());
if (!SubstitutedConstraintExpr->isSatisfied())
Status = concepts::ExprRequirement::SS_ConstraintsNotSatisfied;
}
return new (Context) concepts::ExprRequirement(E, IsSimple, NoexceptLoc,
ReturnTypeRequirement, Status,
SubstitutedConstraintExpr);
}
concepts::ExprRequirement *
Sema::BuildExprRequirement(
concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *ExprSubstitutionDiagnostic,
bool IsSimple, SourceLocation NoexceptLoc,
concepts::ExprRequirement::ReturnTypeRequirement ReturnTypeRequirement) {
return new (Context) concepts::ExprRequirement(ExprSubstitutionDiagnostic,
IsSimple, NoexceptLoc,
ReturnTypeRequirement);
}
concepts::TypeRequirement *
Sema::BuildTypeRequirement(TypeSourceInfo *Type) {
return new (Context) concepts::TypeRequirement(Type);
}
concepts::TypeRequirement *
Sema::BuildTypeRequirement(
concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *SubstDiag) {
return new (Context) concepts::TypeRequirement(SubstDiag);
}
concepts::Requirement *Sema::ActOnNestedRequirement(Expr *Constraint) {
return BuildNestedRequirement(Constraint);
}
concepts::NestedRequirement *
Sema::BuildNestedRequirement(Expr *Constraint) {
ConstraintSatisfaction Satisfaction;
if (!Constraint->isInstantiationDependent() &&
CheckConstraintSatisfaction(nullptr, {Constraint}, /*TemplateArgs=*/{},
Constraint->getSourceRange(), Satisfaction))
return nullptr;
return new (Context) concepts::NestedRequirement(Context, Constraint,
Satisfaction);
}
concepts::NestedRequirement *
Sema::BuildNestedRequirement(
concepts::Requirement::SubstitutionDiagnostic *SubstDiag) {
return new (Context) concepts::NestedRequirement(SubstDiag);
}
RequiresExprBodyDecl *
Sema::ActOnStartRequiresExpr(SourceLocation RequiresKWLoc,
ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> LocalParameters,
Scope *BodyScope) {
assert(BodyScope);
RequiresExprBodyDecl *Body = RequiresExprBodyDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
RequiresKWLoc);
PushDeclContext(BodyScope, Body);
for (ParmVarDecl *Param : LocalParameters) {
if (Param->hasDefaultArg())
// C++2a [expr.prim.req] p4
// [...] A local parameter of a requires-expression shall not have a
// default argument. [...]
Diag(Param->getDefaultArgRange().getBegin(),
diag::err_requires_expr_local_parameter_default_argument);
// Ignore default argument and move on
Param->setDeclContext(Body);
// If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
CheckShadow(BodyScope, Param);
PushOnScopeChains(Param, BodyScope);
}
}
return Body;
}
void Sema::ActOnFinishRequiresExpr() {
assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
}
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnRequiresExpr(SourceLocation RequiresKWLoc,
RequiresExprBodyDecl *Body,
ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> LocalParameters,
ArrayRef<concepts::Requirement *> Requirements,
SourceLocation ClosingBraceLoc) {
auto *RE = RequiresExpr::Create(Context, RequiresKWLoc, Body, LocalParameters,
Requirements, ClosingBraceLoc);
if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPackInRequiresExpr(RE))
return ExprError();
return RE;
}
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink